HSE Legislation 23114

V.P.M.
’s Polytechnic, Information Technology Centre, Thane

Course/Yr/Master – IT1G Subject – Safety, Health and Environmental Legislation (23114)
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1 THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948 (AMENDED IN 1976 &1987) AND THE
MAHARASHTRA FACTORIES RULES, 1963(AMENDED IN 1982 & 1989) ................... 2
CHAPTER 2 WORKMEN'S COMPEMSATION ACT, 1923 .................................................................... 31
CHAPTER 3 THE EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE ACT (ESI), 1948.............................................. 43
CHAPTER 4 THE CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION & ABOLITION) ACT, 1970 AND THE
MAHARASHTRA CONTRACT LABOUR (R&A), RULES, 1971. ................................... 51
CHAPTER 5 THE PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE ACT, 1991.......................................................... 53
CHAPTER 6 BOILER MOUNTINGS AND SCCESSORIES..................................................................... 55
CHAPTER 7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ......................................................................................................... 62
CHAPTER 8 EXPLOSIVE RULES, 1983 ..................................................................................................... 67
CHAPTER 9 THE PETROLEUM ACT – 1934 ............................................................................................ 73
CHAPTER 10 GAS CYLINDER RULES, 1981 ............................................................................................. 79
CHAPTER 11 STATIC AND MOBILE PRESSURE VESSELS (UNFIRED) RULES, 1981 .................... 83
CHAPTER 12 DOCK WORKERS (SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE) REGULATION, 1990 ............ 88
CHAPTER 13 THE BUILDING & OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORKERS............................................ 96
CHAPTER 14 THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ACT, 1986. .......................................................... 102
CHAPTER 15 AIR (PREVENTION & CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT, 1981 ................................ 108
CHAPTER 16 THE WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTANT) ACT, 1974. ........ 112
CHAPTER 17 THE HAZARDOUS WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES, 1989 ..... 118
CHAPTER 18 THE BIO-MEDICAL WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES, 1998 ... 123
CHAPTER 19 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989 ......................................................................... 127
CHAPTER 20 CHEMICAL ACCIDENT RULES ....................................................................................... 138
CHAPTER 21 THE CENTRAL MOTOR VEHICLES RULES ................................................................. 142
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION (I.L.O) .......................................................................... 143
V.P.M.’s Polytechnic, Information Technology Centre, Thane
CHAPTER 1 THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948 (AMENDED IN 1976 &1987) AND

THE MAHARASHTRA FACTORIES RULES, 1963(AMENDED IN 1982 &
1989)
Section – The Factories Act, 1948 (amended in 1976 & 1987)
Rules-The Maharashtra Factories Rules, 1963 (amended in 1982 &1989)
CHAPTER – I Preliminary
Section – 1 short title, extent & Commencement
Section – 2 Interpretation
a) Adult – means a person who has completed his 18th year of age.
b) Adolescent-means a person who has completed his 15th year of age but has not completed his 18th
Year.
c) Child – means a person who has not completed his 15th year of age
ca) competent person- means a person or an institution recognized as such by the Director of Industrial
Safety & Health (DISH) for the purpose of carrying out inspection/testing required to be done under the
provision of this Act.
Cb) HAZARDOUS PROCESS
Any process or activity carried out in a factory cause impairment to health of the person engaged in or
connected to such process, result in a the pollution of general environment.
LIST OF INDUSTRIES INVOLVING HAZARDOUS PROCESSES (THE FIRST SCHEDULE- THE
FACTORIES ACT, 1948), 29 INDUSTRIES ARE LISTED IN THIS SCHEDULE.
1. Ferrous Metallurgical industries
2. Non-Ferrous Metallurgical Industries
3. Foundries
4. Power Generating industries
5. Fertilizer Industries
6. Cement industries
7. Petroleum Industries
8. Petro – chemical industries
9. Chemical industries
10. Highly flammable liquids and gases
d) Young person – means a person who is either a child or an adolescent.
k) MANUFACTURING PROCESS
Means any process for-
 Making, altering, repairing, cementing, finishing, packing, oiling washing, cleaning, breaking up,
demolishing, any article or substance.
 Pumping oil, water, sewage or any other substance.
 Generating, transforming, transmitting power.
 Printing, book binding…

 Constructing, reconstructing, repairing, refitting, finishing, or breaking up ships or vessels
 Preserving, or storing any article in cold storage.
I) Worker – means a person employed directly or by/through any agency (including contractor) in any
manufacturing process or connected with the manufacturing process.
m) FACTORY
Any premises where-
 Ten or more workers are working or were working on any day of the preceding 12 months, and in
any part of which a manufacturing process is being carried cut with the aid of power…
 Twenty or more workers are working or were working on any day of the preceding 12 months and
in any part of which a manufacturing process is being carried out without the aid power…
(Health Officer means Municipal Health Officer or District Health Officer or Officer appointed by State
Govt.
Factory Manager means the person responsible to the occupier for the working of the factory for the
purpose of this act.)
Section 6 – Approval Licensing and Registration of Factories
3 – Approval Of Plans
Permission for the site on which factory is to be situated – application for such permission shall be made
in Form 1,
3A – Certificate Stability
No manufacturing process shall be carried out in a factory until a certificate of stability (Form 1-A)
Issued by a competent person. Once in each period of 5 years stability test is to be done and certificate
of stability (Form 1 –A)by a compentent person is to be obtained.
5- Application for registration and grant of license
The occupier or factory manager shall submit to DISH an application in From 2 for registration of the
factory and application in From 3 for grant of license.
Section7 –A General Duties of Occupier
(Occupier of a factory means the person who has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory).
Every Occupier shall ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the health, safety and welfare of all
workers while they are at work in the factory.
Chapter II
The Inspecting staff
Section 8 – (Rule 17) Inspactors (Directors of industrial Safety & Health)
The State Government may appoint such person for the purposes of this act.
State Government may appoint
Chief inspector (DISH)
Additional Chief Inspector (ADISH)
Joint Chief Inspector (Jt DISH)
Deputy Chief Inspector (DY.DISH)

Inspectors (Assistant DISH)
Section 9 –Power of Inspectors-
Make examination of factories
Inquiry and investigation of accidents
Suggest/recommends corrective measures
Section10 – (Rule-18) Certifying Surgeons
The state Government-may appoint qualified medical practitioners to be Certifying Surgeons for the
purposes of the act.
State Government may appoint-
Dy Director (Medical)
Any qualified medical practitioner (Area wise) to exercise powers of Dy Director (Medical)
Power of Certifying Surgeons
The examination and certification of young person
The examination of person engaged in dangerous occupation/processes
Medical supervision/surveys
Examination of young person (Form 6)
Visit the factories (carrying dangerous operations), examine the person employed the record the result
in Health Register (Form7)
Chapter III Health
Section 11 (Rule 19) –Cleanliness
While washing and colour washing - at least once in every period of 14 months.
Where they are painted or vanished –repainted or revarnished once in every period of five years.
Section 12 (Rule22) Disposal of Wastes and effluents
In the factory where the drainage system is proposed to be connected to public sewerage system, prior
permission shall be obtained from local Authority.
For the areas notified under Water (prevention and Control of Pollution) Act – Approval to arrangement
made for the treatment &disposal of trade waster and effluents shall be obtained from MPCB.
Section 13 (Rule 22A)-Ventilation and Temperature
Adequate ventilation by circulating fresh air, such temp to give comfort and prevent injury to workers.
Max. Wet-bulb temp. Of air in work room at a height of 1.5m above the floor level – Max 30C (Wet-
bulb temp. shall not exceed dry-bulb temp.)
Air movement at least 30m/minute. The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation
in an hour shall be equivalent to at least 6 times the cubic capacity of work room and distributed evenly
throughout the work room.
Section 14 – Dust and Fume
Dust and fumes likely to be injurious to the workers – exhaust appliance shall be applied as near as
possible to the point of origin of dusts and fumes or such point shall be enclosed (provide system to
collect fumes).
Section 16 – Over – crowding
In every work room of factory – 14.2m3 spaces for every worker is required.
Section 17 (Rule 35/36)-Lighting
Where natural lighting is not sufficient – additional lighting (uniform level, widely distributed, free from
glare) shall be provided.
Stock-yard, entrance/exit roads, cat-walk, storage area Minimum intensity of illumination -
20Lux
Passage – way, tairways, basement
50Lux
Boiler room, elevators, store rooms, toilets /wash rooms
100Lux
Where dissemination of detail (for such jobs) is not essential to where discrimination of extremely
Fire detail is involved - 50 to 1000
Lux
Any source of artificial light is less than 5 meters above floor level or any artificial light is producing
glare shall be provided with suitable shade of opaque materials or effective means to screen the light.
Section 18 (Rule 39) Drinking Water
The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers shall be atleast 5 Lit.a day per worker.
In every factory wherein more than 250 workers are employed, the drinking water shall be cooled by
ice or effective methods. Water center shall be provide on canteen, lunch room, rest room, and on each
floor if the factory has more than one floor.
One water centre for every 150 workers is to be provided
Section 21 (rule 57) Fencing of Machinery (Guards)
Every moving part of prime mover
Every flywheel connected to prime mover
Headrace & tailrace of every water wheel & water turbine
Any part of stock-bar which project beyond the head stock of lathe
Every part of an electric generator, a motor or rotary converter
Every part of transmission machinery
Every dangerous part of any other machinery shall be securely fenced by safeguards of substantial
construction.
Textile Mill
All openers, scutchers, combined openers & scutchers, lap machines, hard waste breakers, cleaners,
blenders, hopper feeders and similar machines.
The beater covers and doors shall be fitted with effective interlocking arrangements.
The lap forming rollers shall be fitted with a guard.

Carding Machine - All Cylinder door shall be secured by an automatic locking device which shall
prevent the door being opened until the cylinder ceased to revolve and shall render it impossible to
restart the machine, until the door is closed.
Drawing Frame – The gearing for driving the draft rollers shall be effectively guarded by a cover which
shall be so Interlocked that it cannot be raised until the machine is stopped and the machine
Cannot be restarted until the cover is closed.
Speed Frame – Headstocks shall be fitted with automatic locking arrangement.
Combers & similar machines – The gearing shall be effectively guarded by a cover which shall be so
Interlocked that it cannot be raised until the machine is stopped and the machine cannot be restarted
until the cover is closed.
Self –acting Mules- The drive shall be from countershaft which shall be provided with fast & loose
pulleys and efficient belt shifting devices.
Spearing & Cropping Machines – The dangerous moving outer blades shall be provided with an
efficient interlock arrangement that prevent the complete cover or guard to be opened until the cutter
blade has come to rest and would also make it impossible to restart the machine until the guard is closed.
Singeing Machines – Effective arrangement such as solenoid valve or other effective device shall be
provided to cut off instantaneously supply of gas or electricity to machine in case of power failure.
Cotton Ginning Machinery –
The line shaft or second motion in Cotton Ginning factories when below floor level shall be completely
enclosed by a continuous wall or un-climbable fencing.
The bare portion of the line shaft between the bearings and also of the projection at the ends of line shaft
shall be provided with invented "U" or sieve type guards.
Wood working Machinery – Wood Working Machinery means a circular saw, band saw, planning
machine, chair mortising machine or vertical spindle moulding machine operating on wood or cork.
Circular Saw means working in a bench which is moved towards the wood for cutting operation. Band
Saw means a band saw, the cutting portion of which runs in vertical direction. Planning Machine means
a machine for overhead planning or for thickening or for both operations.
An efficient stopping and starting device shall be provided on every wood-working machine.
Every circular saw shall be fenced as follows:
Behind and in direct line with the saw there shall be an arriving knife, which shall have smooth surface,
shall be strong, rigid and easily adjustable. The distance between the front edge of the knife and the
teeth of the saw shall not exceed 10mms. For a saw having dia. of <60 cm, the knife shall extend upwards
from the bench table to within 25 mms. of the ton of the saw, for a saw having dia. of 60 cms or over,
shall extend upwards from the bench table to a height of at least 22.5 cms.
The top of the saw shall be covered by a strong and easily adjustable guard, with a flange at the side of
the saw farthest from the fence.
The part of the saw below the bench table shall be protected by two plates of metal one on each side of
the saw. Such plate shall not be more than 15 cms apart and shall extend from the axis of the saw
outwards to a distance of not less than 5 cms. Beyond the teeth of the saw.
Push Sticks – A push stick shall be provided for use at every circular saw and a every vertical spindle
moulding machine.
Vertical Spindle Moulding Machine – The cutter of every vertical spindle moulding shall be guarded
by the most efficient guard.
Planning Machine – shall not be used for overhead planning unless it is fitted with a cylindrical cutter
block. Every planning machine used for overhead planning shall be provided with a "bridge" guard
capable of covering the full length and breadth of the cutting slot in the bench.
The feed roller shall be provided with efficient guard.
Chain Mortising Machine – The chain of every Chain Mortising Machine shall be provided with a
guard which shall enclose the cutter.
Rubber and Plastic Mills - Rubber and Plastic Mills means machine with rollers used in breaking
down, cracking, washing grating, mixing, refining and warming of rubber and plastics. A colander
means machine with rolls used for fractioning, sheeting, coating and breading of rubber compounds and
plastic or plastic compounds.
Rubber and Plastic Mills shall be equipped with Hoppers so guarded that it is impossible to come into
contact in any manner with the nip of rolls.
Safety – trip roots shall extend across the entire length of the face of the rolls and shall be located not
more than 170 cms above the floor or working level.
Colander machines shall be equipped with Horizontal Safety- trip rods across both front and rear, which
will when pushed or pulled operate instantly, to disconnect the power and apply the brakes or to be
reverse the roll.
Injunction Moulding Machine – An electrical interlock arrangement shall be provided so that the mould
cannot be closed unless the front safety gate is fully closed and on opening the front safety gate, the
moulds will stop automatically.
Centrifugal Machines – (Centrifugal Machine includes centrifugal extractors, separators and driers).
Centrifugal Machines shall be provided with efficient interlocking devices that will physically prevent
the lids from being opened while the rotating drums or baskets are in motion under power and would
also prevent the starting of the drums or baskets under power while the lids are open.
Centrifugal Machines shall not be operated at a speed in excess of the manufacture's rating
All Centrifugal Machines shall be provided with effective braking arrangement to bring cage, drum or
Basket to rest within short period of time after the power is cut off.
The cages, drums or baskets shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person regularly to check
their balance.
Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machines - (Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machines means a machine,
Whether craven by power or otherwise, equipped with a straight blade operating vertically against a
resisting edge and used for shearing metals or non-metallic substances).
A barrier metal guard shall be provide at the front of the knife, fastened to the machine frame and shall
be so fixed as would prevent any part of the operator's body to reach the descending blade from above,
below or through the barrier guard or from the sides.
At the back end of such machines, an inclined guard shall be provided over which the slit places would
slide and be collected at a safe distance in a manner as would prevent at the back from reaching the
descending blade.
Slitting Machines - (Slitter or Slitting Machine means a machine equipped with circular disc-type
knives and used for trimming or cutting into metal or non-metallic substances or slitting them into
narrow strips).
Circular disc-type knives shall be provided with guards enclosing the knife edges.
Index Cutter and Vertical paper slotters - (Index Cutters and Vertical paper Slotters used for cutting
Strips from the ends of books), shall be provided with fixed guards so arranged that the fingers of
operators cannot come between the blades and the tables.
Corner Cutters - (Corner Cutters used in the manufacture of paper boxes) shall be equipped with
suitable guard’s tastened to the machine in front of the knives and provided with slots or perforations to
afford visibility of the operation.
Band Knives - Band wheels or band knives and all portion of the blades shall be completely enclosed
with hinged guards of sheet metal not less than 1mm in thickness.
Agitators and Mixing Machines - (Agitators and mixing Machines means a tank of other container
equipped with power driven mixing arms, blades or paddle Wheels fixed to revolving shafts or other
Simple mechanical devices for blending, stirring liquids with other liquids or with solid substances or
Combinations of these.)
When the top of an open agitator tank, beater tank, tank or paddle tank is less than 1m above the adjacent
floor or working level, adequate standard railing shall be installed on all open sides.
Agitator & mixing machines shall be provided with an efficient interlock arrangement for the top lid, to
prevent access to the agitating stirring or similar devices, while in motion and would prevent under
power with the lid in open position.
Openings at the top or sides of the containers vessels of the agitator and mixing machines provided for
inspection & examinations shall be provided with standard grill guards as would prevent access of any
part of operator's body coming in contact with agitating, stirring while in motion.
When discharge holes, openings are provided at the bottom or at the sides of containers vessels of the
agitator and mixing machines, they shall be so guarded as would prevent access of any part of operator's
body coming in contact with agitating, stirring while in motion inside the vessel.
Leather, Plastic and Rubber Stripper Machines –

Strippers for trimming or punching tanned hloes, plastic or rubber sheets in leather making, footwear
manufacturing shall be provided with suitable devices which require simultaneous action of both the
hands of the operator or an automatic device which will remove both the hands of the operator from the
danger zone at every descent of the blade, punch or stripper cutter.
All coupling with projecting bolt heads and similar projections shall be completely encased or
effectively guarded as to prevent danger.
SAFE GUARDING THE POINT OF OPERATION
BARRIE
DEVICS GUARDS
R
(CONTROL ACCESS TO THE POINT OF OPERATION) (BAR ACCESS TO THE POINT OF PERATION)
EMPLOYEE CONTROLLING MACHINE CONTROLLING EMPLOYEE CONTROLLING

MACHINE CONTROLLING AND
PULL BACK OR PRESENCE SENSING TWO HAND CONTROL

PULL OUT
RESTRAINT
INTERLOCK
ENCLOSURE ADJESTIBLE BARRIER GUARDS BARRIER
FIXED BARRIER GUARDS GUARDS GUARDS
Guards are made up of woven wire, expanded metal, perforated metal, sheet metal, wood or metal
strips(crossed),wood or metal strips (not crossed ) plywood/plastic, standard railing
Section 22(Rule 58/59) –Working on or near machinery in motion.
Examination of any part of machinery or its operation shall be carried out by specially trained adult male
worker
Wearing tight fitting clothing and register is to be maintained in form 10.
Specially trained adult male worker shall not handle a belt at moving pulleys unless.
The belt is not more than 15cm in width.
The pulley is normally for the purpose of drive.
There is reasonable clearance between the pulley and any fixed structure.
Footholds and handholds are provided.
No woman or young person shall be allowed to clean, lubricate or adjust any part of prime mover or any
transmission machinery while in motion.
Section 28 (Rule 62/63) Hoist and Lifts

Every Hoist and Lift shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material, and adequate strength
and properly maintained.
Thoroughly examined by a competent person atleast once in every period of six month and register is to
be maintained.
Every Hoist and Lift shall be protected by an enclosure fitted with gates and so constructed as to prevent
any person from being trapped between any part of it and any fixed structure or moving part.
Maximum Safe Working load (SWL) shall be marked on Every Hoist and Lift.
The cage of every Hoist and Lift used for carrying persons shall be fitted with a gate on each side from
which access is afforded to a landing.
Every gate shall be fitted with inter-locking to secure that the gate cannot be opened except when the
cage is at the landing and cage cannot be moved unless the gate is closed.
There shall be at least two ropes of chains separately connected with the cage and balance weight and
each rope prchain shall be capable of carrying the whole weight of the cage together with its maximum
load.
Efficient device shall be provided capable of supporting the cage together with its maximum load in the
event of breakage pf the ropes, chains or attachments.
Efficient automatic device shall be provided to prevent the cage from over-running.
Register shall be maintained to record particulars of examinations as shown in Form11.
Section 29 (Rule 64) – Lifting Machines, Chains, Ropes and Lifting Tackles.
Lifting Machines – means a crane, crab, winch, pulley block, gin wheel, runway.
Lifting Tackles - means any chain, sling, rope sling, hook, shackle, swivel, coupling, socket, clamp,
tray, whether, fixed or moving used in the raising or lowering of persons, loads by use of lifting
machines.
All parts of Lifting Machine and very chain, Rope or Lifting Tackle shall be of good mechanical
construction, sound material, and adequate strength and properly maintained.
Thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve month and register
is to be maintained.
No Lifting Machines, chains, Ropes and Lifting Tackles shall be loaded beyond the SWL. Safe Working
Load shall be marked on it displayed in prominen position.
Ensure that the crane does not approach within 6m of the where any person is working on or near wheel
track of travelling crane.
A register in form 12 containing the particulars shall be maintained.
Section 30 - Revolving machinery -
In every factory in which the process of grinding is carried out there shall be permanently affixed or
laced each machine a notice indicating the maximum safe working peripheral speed of every grind stone
of abrasive wheel, the speed of the shaft or spindle on which is mounted, and the diameter of the pulley
upon which such shaft or spindle necessary to secure safe working peripheral speed.
Section 31 (Rule 65) –Pressure plant -
Pressure plant means the pressure vessel along with the piping and other fitting operated at a pressure
greater than the atmospheric pressure.
Pressure Vessel means any vessel subjected to of operated at a pressure greater than the atmospheric
pressure.
Safety measure for every pressure plant of pressure Vessel.
Properly designed
Good mechanical construction
Sound material
Adequate strength free from any defect and properly maintained.
Shall be fitted with -
Safety Valve
Pressure Gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5 times and not exceeding twice the maximum safe
working pressure, easily visible.
Stop valve or valve by which the pressure vessel of the system of pressure vessels may be isolated from
other vessels or source of supply of pressure.
Nipple and globe valve connected for the purpose of attaching a test pressure gauge.
Drain cock or a plug at the lowest part of a pressure vessel so as to ensure effective draining of liquid
that may be collected in the pressure vessel.
Every pressure Gauge, Stop Valve, Nipple and globe valve, shall be mounted at a height not more than
1.5m from the working level.
Reducing valve of suitable automatic device to prevent the safe working pressure of the vessel being
exceeded pressure gauges shall be provided close in the reducing valve to show the high pressure and
reduced pressure.
In case of a jacketed vessel in which heat is transmitted by means of stears or other media in the jacket
causing pressure rise in the vessel, heat input in the jacket so controlled by suitable device as not to
allow the safe working pressure of the vessel being exceeded.
In the event of failure of reducing valve or suitable automatic device and suitable device to control heat
input in the jacket, an additional safety valve shall be provided.
Every pressure plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person:
Externally in every period of six month
Internally, once in every period of twelve month and
Hydraulic test once in a period of four years.
(However, If by reason of construction of the pressure vessel or pressure internal examination is not
Possible, it may be replaced by a hydraulic test, which shall be carried out once in every period of two
year).
If it is impracticable to carry out External, internal, examination and Hydraulic test (DISH should
certify)a thorough external examination shall be carried out once in every period of two years and a
thorough non-destructive test like ultrasonic test for metal thickness or other defects of all part shall be
carried out once in every period of four years.
The maximum safe working pressure and the date of last examination shall be marked.
No pressure vessel or pressure plant which has been previously used or remained isolated or idle for
more than six month or which has undergone repairs shall be used unless it is examined and tested by a
competent person.
No pressure vessel or pressure plant shall be taken in to first time unless a certificate of inspection/testing
is obtained from the maker. It is thoroughly examined by competent person in the premises where it is
used. Factory manager shall maintained register of such examinations.
Section 34 (Rule 66) - Excessive Weight --
Persons Maximum Weight of Material, tool, article (kgs)
Adult Male 55
Adult Female 30
Adolescent Male 30
Adolescent Female 20
Section 35 (Rule 67) – protection of Eyes -
Effective screen or suitable goggles shall be provided for protection of eyes for the following process:
Breaking, cutting , carving , grinding , handling, high speed saw driven by mechanical power, abrasive
cutting of wheel, turning of metals, drilling, welding/cutting , hot felting of steel casting ,chipping of
metals, breaking of scrap metal, work at furnace, pouring of molten metal, rolling , casting or forging
of metals, handling of hazardous material.
Section 36 (Rule 68) –precaution against dangerous fumes, gases etc.
Chamber. Tank, vat, pit, pipe, flue shall be with a manhole (of following dimensions) or other effective
means of egress:
In case of rectangular or oval shape the manhole shall not be less then shoulder width of the person
concerned plus 8cm in length & 30cm wide.
In case of a circular shape the manhole shall not be less than shoulder width of the person concerned
plus 8cm in diameter.
No person shall enter chamber, tank, vat, pit, pipe, flue or confined space until it is free from hazardous
gas, fume, Vapour or dust or its level shall be within permissible limits and in any case the gas, fume,
vapour or dust shall not be ingress.
A certificate in writing has been given by a competent person that the space is free from gas, fume,
vapour or dust and unless.
Person shall enter confined space by wearing BA set and a belt attached to a rope the free and of which
is held by a person standing outside the confined space.
Section 36 A – precautions regarding the portable electric light
In any factory –
No portable electric light or any other electric appliance of voltage exceeding twenty –four volts shall
be permitted for use inside any chamber, tank, vat, pit, pipe, flue or other confined space [unless
adequate safety devices are provided]: and If any inflammable gas fume or dust is likely to be present
such chamber, tank, vat, pit, pipe, flue or other confined space no lamp or light other than that of flame-
proof construction shall be permitted to be used therein]
Section 38 (Rule 70) – precautions in case of Fire
Fire protection – Every factory shall be provided with adequate means of protection and escape in case
of fore without prejudice to the generality of the following:
(1) Process, equipment, plant etc involving serious explosion and serious fire hazards:-
(a) All processes, storages, equipment,plants etc. involving serious explosion and flash fire hazard shall
be located in segregated building where the equipment, shall be so arranged that only a minimum
number of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) All industrial process involving serious fire hazard should be locked in buildings or work places
separated from one another by walls of fire resistant construction.
(c) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipment involving a serious fire risk should
be provided with flame arresting or automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire resisting
dampers, electrically inter-locked with hear sensitive/smoke detractors and the air condition plant
system.
(d) In all work places having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages between machines, installations
or piles of material should be at least 90 cm wide. For storage piles, the clearance between the ceiling
and the top of the pile should not be less than 2 meters.
(2) Access for firefighting:-
(a) Building and plants shall be so laid out and roads, passageways etc. so maintained as to permit
unobstructed access for firefighting.
(b) Doors and windows opening shall be located in suitable positions on all external walls of the building
to provide easy access to the entire area within the building for firefighting.
(3) Protection against lighting:- Protection from lighting shall be provided for-
(a) Building in which explosives or highly flammable substance are manufactured, used, handled or
stored:
(b) Grain elevators;
(c) Building. Tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust or lint are likely to be present;
and
(d) Sub-station buildings and outdoor transformers and switch yards.
(4) Precautions against ignition:- Wherever there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation
flammable or explosive substances in air:-
(a) All electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall be of such
construction and so installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of
ignition;
(b) Effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a dangerous
extent;
(c) Workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is
likely to cause sparks by friction;
(d) Smoking, lighting, or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited;
(e) Transmission belt with iron fasteners shall not be used and
(f) All other precautions, as are reasonably practicable, shall be taken to prevent ignition from all other
possible sources such as open flames, frictional sparks, overhead surfaces of machinery or plant,
chemicals or physical, chemical reaction and radiant heat.
(5) Spontaneous ignition: - Where materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition of ignition, care
shall be taken to avoid formation of air pocket and to ensure adequate ventilation. The material
susceptible to spontaneous ignition should be stored in dry condition and should be in heaps of such
capacity and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The materials susceptible to ignition
and stored in the open shall be at a distance not less than 10 meters away from process or storage
buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas: - Cylinders containing compressed gas may only be stored
in open if they are protected against variation of temperature direct rays of sun or continuous
dampness. Such cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable substances, fumaces or hot
processes. The room where such cylinders are stored shall have adequate ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids:
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any work room shall by the minimum required for the process
or processes carried on in such room and flammable liquids shall by stored in suitable containers
with close fitting covers: Provided that not more than 20 liters of flammable liquids having a flash
point of 20C or less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
(b) Flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited quantities in well ventilated
rooms of fire resisting construction which are isolated from the remainder of the building by fire
walls and self-closing fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated adequate ventilated building of fire
resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferably underground and a distance form any building
as required in the petroleum Rules 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into basement sumps drains and to
confirm any escaping liquid within safe limits.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or flammable waste material on
the floors:
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of flammable
dust gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material of flammable nature shall be permitted to accumulate on floors and shall be
removed at least once in day or shift, and more often when possible. Such material shall be place in
suitable metal containers with covers, wherever possible.
(9) Fire exits:-
(a) In this rule-
i. "Horizontal exit " means an arrangement which alternative egress from a floor area to another
floor at or near the same level in an adjoining building o on adjoining part of the same building
with adequate separation and
ii. "Travel distance" means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external stairway or to veranda or to internal
stairway segregated from the rest of building by fire resisting walls which shall provide continuous
and protected means of egress to the exterior of building or to exterior open space. An exist may
also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits for the purpose of this sub-rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe escape of the occupants in case of fire or
other emergency shall be provided with shall be free of any obstruction. There shall be at least two
ways of escape from every room and the exits shall be as remote from each other as possible and
shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate directions form any point in the area served.
(e) The exit shall be clearly visible and suitable illuminated with suitable arrangement, whatever
artificial lighting is to be adopted for this purpose, to maintain the required illumination in case of
failure of the normal sources of electric supply.
(f) The exit shall be marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
(g) Iron rug ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at appropriate places along the escape routes
to prevent spread of fire and smoke, particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where tunnel or flue
effect may be created including an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall be provided continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior
open space leading to a street.
(j) Exit shall be so located that the travel distance to reach one of them on the floor shall not exceed 30
metres.
(k) In case of those factories where high hazard materials are stored or used, the travel distance to the
exit shall not exceed 22.5 meters and there shall be at least two ways of escape from very room.
However small. Except toilet rooms so located that the point of access there to are out of or suitable
shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) The unit exit width used to measure capacity or any exit shall be 50cm. A clear width of 25cm shall
be counted as additional half unit. Clear width of less than 25cm, shall not be counted for exit width.
(m) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 for doors.
(n) For determining the exit required load shall be reckoned on the basis of actual number of occupants
within any floor area or 10 square meters per person, whichever is more.
(o) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor area above and below the ground floors,
and at least one of them shall be an internal enclosed stairway Two exits shall be as remote from
each other as possible and both exits shall be accessible through separate ways from any point on
the floor.
(p) For every building or structure used for storage only and every section thereof considered separately,
shall have access to at least one exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable means of escape
for any person employed therein, and in any such room herein more than 10 persons may be normally
present at least two separate means of exit shall be available, as remote from each other as
practicable.
(q) Every storage area shall have access to at least one means of exit which can be readily opened.
(r) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway a horizontal exit or a corridor or passageway
providing continuous and protected means of egress.
(s) No exit doorway shall be less than 100cm in width. Doorways shall not be less than 200cm in height.
(t) Exit doorways shall be open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel
along any exit. No door when opened, shall reduce the required width of stairway or landing to less
than 90cm. overhead or sliding door shall not be installed for this purpose.
(u) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing at least 1.5m*1.5m in size
shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the same as that of
the floor way it serves.
(v) The exit doorway shall be opened from the side which they serve without the use of a key.
(w) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of a width not less than the aggregated required width of
exit doorways leading from there in the direction of travel to exterior.
(x) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways. The height of the corridors and
passageways shall not be less than 2.4 meters.
(y) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lifts shaft unless the latter is totally enclosed by material
having a fire resistance rating not lower than that of the type of construction of the former.
i. Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted
ii. The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100cm
iii. The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25cm for an internal staircase. The treads
shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
iv. The maximum height of riser shall be 19cm and the number of a risers shall be limited to 12per
flight.
v. Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100cm and shall be firmly supported.
vi. The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit doorways.
vii. The horizontal exit shall be equipped with at least one fire door of self-closing type.
viii. The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to
accommodate occupants of the floor area served, allowing not less than 0.3 square meter per
person. The refuge shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this sub-
rule. At least one of the exits shall lead directly to the exterior or street.
ix. Where there is a difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exit, ramps not
more than 1 in 8 slope shall be provided. For this purpose steps shall not be used.
x. Doors in horizontal exits shall be opened at all times.

xi. Ramps with a slope not more than 1 in 10 may be substituted for the requirements of staircase.
Wherever the use is such as to involve danger of slipping the ramp shall be surface with non-
slipping material.
PROVISIONS RELATING TO HAZARDOUS PROCESSES:-
SECTION (41 –A TO 41 H)
41-A. Constitution of sire Appraisal Committees:-
(1) The State Government may, for purposes of advising it to consider applications for grant of
permission for the initial location of a factory involving a hazardous process or for the expansion of
any such factory, appoint a site appraisal Committee consisting of-
 The Chief inspector of the state who shall be its Chairman.
 A representative of the Central Board for the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution appointed
by the Central Government under section 3 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,
1974 (6 of 1974)
 A representative of the Central Board for the prevention and Control of Air polluting referred to in
section 3 of the Air (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1981 (14 of 1981)
 A representative of the State Board appointed under section 4 of the Water (prevention and control
of Pollution)Act,1974 (6 of 1974)
 A representative of the State Board for the prevention and Control of Air Pollution referred to in
section 5 of the Air (prevention and Control of Pollution)Act 1981 (41 of 1981)
 A representative of the Department of Environment in the State.
 A representative of the Meteorological Department of the Government of India.
 An expert in the field of occupational health ; and a representative of the Town planning Department
of the State Government; and not more than five other members who be co-opted by the State
Government who shall be-
 A scientist having specialized knowledge of the hazardous process which will be involved in the
factory.
 A representative of the local authority within whose jurisdiction the factory is to be established, and
not more than three other persons as deemed fit by the State Government.
(2) The Site Appraisal Committee shall examine an application for the establishment of a factory
involving hazardous process and make its recommendation to the State Government within a period
of ninety days of the receipt of such application in the prescribed form.
(3) Where any process relates to a factory owned or controlled by the Central Government Or to a
corporation or a company owned or controlled by a Central Government, the State Government shall
co-opt in the Site Appraisal Committee a representative nominated by the Central Government as a
member of that committee.
(4) The Site Appraisal Committee shall have power to call for any information from the person making
an application for the establishment or expansion of a factory involving a hazardous process.
(5) Where the State Government has granted approval to an application for the establishment or
expansion of a factory involving hazardous process, it shall not be necessary for an applicant to
obtain a further approval from the Central Board or the state Board establishment under the water
(prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974, and the Air (prevention and Control of
pollution) Act, 1981 (14 of 1981).
41-B) Compulsory disclosure of information by the occupier –
1) The occupier of every factory involving a hazardous process shall disclose in the manner prescribed
all information regarding dangers, including health hazards and the measures to overcome such
hazards arising from the exposure to or handling of the materials or substances in the manufacture,
transportation, storage, and other process, to the worked employed in the factory, the Chief inspector,
the local authority within whose jurisdiction the factory is situate and the general public in the
vicinity.
2) The occupier shall, at the time of registering the factory involving a hazardous process, lay down a
detailed policy with respect of the health and safety of the workers employed therein and intimate
such policy to the Chief inspector and the local authority of any change made in the said policy.
3) The information furnished under sub-section (1) shall include accurate information as to the
quantity, specifications and other characteristics of wastes and the manner of their disposal.
4) Every occupier shall, with the approval of the Chief inspector, draw up an onsite emergency plan
and detailed disaster control measures for his factory and make known to the workers employed
therein and to the general public living in the vicinity of the factory the safety measures required to
be taken in the event of an accident taking place.
5) Every occupier of a factory shall-
a) If such factory engaged in a hazardous process on the commencement of the Factories(Amendment)
Act,1987(2 of 1987), within a period of thirty days of such commencement, and
b) If such factory proposes to engage in a hazardous process at any after such commencement, within
a period of thirty days before the commencement of such process. Inform the Chief inspector of the
nature and details of the process in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed.
6) Where any occupier of a factory contravenes the provisions of subsection(5) the license issued under
section 6 to such factory shall, notwithstanding any penalty to which the occupier of factory shall be
subjected to under the provisions of this Act, be liable for cancellation.
7) The occupier of a factory involving a hazardous process shall, with the previous approval of the
Chief Inspector, lay down measures for the handling usage, transportation and shortage of hazardous
substances inside the factory premises and the disposal of such substances outside the factory
premises and publicize them in the manner prescribed among the worked and the general public
living in the vicinity.
41-C) Specific responsibility of the occupier in relation to hazardous process – Every occupier of
a factory involving and hazardous process shall-
(a) Maintain accurate and up-to-date health records or, as the case may be medical records, of the
workers in the factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful substances which
are manufactured, stored, handled or transported and such records shall be accessible to the worked
subject to such conditions as may be prescribed;
(b) Appoint persons which possess qualification and experience in handling hazardous substances and
are competent to supervise such handling within the factory and to provide at the working place all
the necessary facilities for protecting the workers in the manner prescribed; provided that where any
question arises as to the qualifications and experience of a person so appointed, the decision of the
chief inspector shall be final;
(c) Provide for medical examination of every worker before such worker is assigned to a job involving
the handling or, working with, a hazardous substances: and while continuing in such job, and after
he has ceased to work in such job a interval not exceeding twelve months, in such manner as may
be prescribed.
41-D Power of central Government to appoint Inquiry Committee:-
(1) The Central Government may, in the event of the occurrence of an extraordinary situation involving
a factory engaged in a hazardous process, appoint an Inquired Committee to inquire into the
standards of health and safety observed in the factory with a view to finding out the causes of any
failure or neglect in the adoption of a measures or standards prescribed for the health and safety of
the workers employed in the factory of the general public affected or likely to the affected, due to
such failure and for the neglect and for the prevention and recurrence of such extraordinary situation
in future in such factory or elsewhere.
(2) The committee appointed under sub-section (1) shall consist of a Chairman and two other members
and the terms of reference of the Committee and the tenure of office of its members shall be such as
may be determined by the Central Government according to the requirements of the situation.
(3) The recommendation of the Committee shall be advisory in nature.
41-E Emergency standards –
(1) Where the Central Government Is satisfied that no Standards of safety have been prescribed in
respect of a hazardous process or class of hazardous process, or where the standards so prescribed
are inadequate, it may direct the Direct- General of Factory Advice Service and Labour institutes or
any institution specialized in matters relating to standards of safety in hazardous processes, to lay
down emergency standards for enforcement of suitable standards of such hazardous processes
(2) The emergency standards laid down under sub-section (i) Shall until they are incorporated in the
rules made Under this Act. be enforceable and have the same effect as if they had been incorporated
in the made under this Act.
41-F Permissible limits of exposure of chemical and toxic substances:-
(1) The maximum permissible threshold limits of exposure of chemical and toxic substances in
manufacturing process (whether hazardous or otherwise) in any factory shall be of the value
indicated in the second Schedule.
(2) The Central Government may, at any time, for the purpose of giving effect to any scientific proof
obtained from specialized institutions or experts in the field, by notification in the official Gazette,
make suitable change in the said schedule.
41-G Worker's participation in safety management.
(1) The occupier shall, in every factory where a hazardous process takes place, or where hazardous
substances are used or handled, set up a Safety Committee consisting pf equal number of
representatives of workers and management to promote co-operation between the workers and the
management in ,maintaining proper safety and health at work and to review periodically the
measures taken in that behalf, provided that the state Government may, by order in writing and for
reasons to be recorded, exempt the occupier of any factory or class of factory from setting up such
committee.
(2) The composition of the Safety Committee. The tenure of its members and their rights and duties
shall be such as may be prescribed.
41-H Right of workers to warn about imminent danger:-
(1) Where the workers employed in any factory engaged in a hazardous process have reasonable
apprehension that there is a likelihood of imminent danger to their lives or health due to any accident
they may bring the same to the notice of the occupier, agent, manager or any other person who is in
charge of the factory or the process concerned directly or through their representatives in the safety
committee and simultaneously bring the same to the notice of the inspector.
(2) It shall be the duty of such occupier, agent, manager, or the person in charge of the factory or process
to take immediate remedial action if he is satisfied about the existence of such imminent danger and
sent a report forthwith of the action taken to the nearest inspector.
(3) If the occupier, agent, manager, or the person in charge referred to in sub-sect (2) is not satisfied
about the existence of any imminent danger apprehended by the workers, he shall, nevertheless, refer
the matter forthwith to the nearest inspector whose decision on the existence of such imminent
danger shall be final.
CORRESPONDING RULES (73-A TO 73-Z)
73-A, Safety of water-sealed gas-holder:-

(1) In this rule, gas-holder means any vessel having storage capacity of not less than 140 cubic meters
and used for storage of combustible gas, wherein the gas is stored at pressure controlled by a water
seal between the fixed and the moving parts of the storage vessel, and includes vessels of smaller
size in respect of which the Chief Inspector declares that in the interest of the safety of workers
working near such a vessel, provisions of this should apply.
(2) Every gas-holder:- Shall be a good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from
any patent defect and shall be properly maintained in a safe condition.
(3) No gas-holder shall be taken into use in any factory for the first time unless-information giving
details of gas holder in recorded in a register in form 13A; Certificate of its internal and external
examination in form 13B is obtained either from the manufacturer or from any person competent
to conduct such examination; and Such certificate is in possession of the occupier,
(4) Where in any factory two or more gas-holders are installed. Each gas-holder shall be marked in a
conspicuous manner with a distinguishing number or letter. If any gas-holder has two or more lifts,
each lift shall also be marked with a distinguishing number or letter.
(5) If any lift of the gas-holder has been in use for more than ten years before the date of final
notification, than every gas-holder shall be examined externally and internally (a) within two
years, if it has been examined within the last two years, (b) within one year if it has not been
examined within the last two years before the aforesaid date.
(6) Every gas-holder shall be examined internally by a person competent to conduct such examination
once in every period of twelve month.
(7) Every gas-holder shall be examined internally by a person competent to conduct such examination
at least once in every period of four years.
(8) No gas-holder shall be repaired or demolished except under the direct supervision of a person who
by his training, experience and knowledge of the necessary precaution against risk of collapse of
structure, explosion and of person being overcome by gas is competent to supervise such work.
(9) A permanent register in form 13A duly signed by the occupier or manager shall be maintained,
along with a drawing to show details of construction of the gas –holder.
(10) A copy of the report of persons, competent to examine gas-holders, shall be maintained in
form13-B
73-C, Safety measures in factories where equipment or pipeline containing inflammable materials
are operated.
Where work of opening any equipment of pipeline containing inflammable liquids or gases is to be
carried out in any factory, the following provisions shall be complied with, namely:-1)The system
of work permits shall be introduced and unless the equipment or the pipeline is certified to be free
of inflammable gas or liquid, no person shall be allowed to enter or open the same (2) The work of
opening such equipment or pipe line shall not be commenced unless the following operations are
carried out and checked by the supervisor in-charge of the process Department of the Factory:-
i. Blanking operations: - The equipment or pipeline to be opened for repairs or maintenance shall be
effectively blanked so as to ensure that no inflammable gas or liquid can enter the same under any
circumstances during the operating of repairs or maintenance. The Supervisor of the process
Department shall check personally theses operations and shall certify accordingly.
ii. Flushing operations: - The supervisor of the process Department shall carry out the steaming or
flushing out with water of the equipment of pipeline to ensure that all inflammable material is
removed from the equipment or pipeline and shall certify to that effect.
iii. Opening of the equipment: - The supervisor of the Engineering Department of the factory in –
charge of the work of opening of such equipment of pipeline, or getting clearance from the
Supervisor in a charge of the process department, shall satisfy himself that the above operation are
complete and shall sign the work permits issued by the Supervisor pf the process Department.
It shall be the joint responsibility of the Supervisor of the process Department and the supervisor of the
Engineering Department to check and ensure that hit lines, if any in the vicinity of such works are
property screened, In accordance with the safety instruction of the factory management. The work permit
shall have as specific entry for this operation which shall be signed by both the Supervisors.
No part be the running equipment or pipeline shall be opened unless a gas test is conducted by a
responsible person to ensure that the equipment of pipeline is safe for opening.
No workers whose clothes have been contaminated with inflammable material shall be allowed to work
where ay such running equipment of pipeline is being opened.
The Safety Officer or any officer authorized by him. Shall have system of random checking of the work
permits issued and he shall report any serious deficiencies to the works Manager directly.
All drains of such equipment's or pipeline shall be laid into the drains to prevent any splashing of the
draining inflammable liquids or gases.
Before commencing the opening operation, It shall be ensured that a specific persons trained in fire-
fighting operations, is kept available and his presence shall be ensured throughout the operation of the
opening of the equipment.
73-E, Safety measure in gas works:-
In respect of any factory where inflammable gas is produced by carbonization
Of a coal, oil or any other similar substance, the following provisions shall be complied with, namely:-
No pipe, valve or any cover of any equipment into which gas is normally to flow shall be opened unless
it is ensured that the equipment is no more supplied with any inflammable or explosive gas at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure.
Before undertaking repairs of every sort to any pipe, valve or any other equipment connected with any
part in the plant or machinery or any other equipment connected with any part in the plant or machinery
or any gas works (not being a gas –holder) it shall be ensured that the gas under pressure does not reach
the point where such pipe, value or equipment is being opened by the removal of any bolts and nuts or
by cutting either by mechanical means or by application of heart and that such pipe. Valve or equipment
is so isolated from the gas-holder or any other equipment generating fast no gas under the pressure
reaches the point repair.
Before loosening the bolts and nuts or before undertaking the cutting of any pipe, valve or equipment in
any gas works, a definite test shall be carried cut by a competent person that no gas under pressure is
fed to the point of repair. Details of the carried out shall be mentioned in a certificate which shall be
signed by the competent person. A copy of such certificate shall be displayed prominently near the place
of repair and shall be made available on demand to every worker employed in connection with such
repair for his perusal.
Every worker employed in connection with such repairs and working near any pipe, valve or other
equipment while it is being opened shall be supplied with a mask and a respirator fed by air fresh from
a point away from the point of repair, It shall be ensured that the worker shall wear the respirator while
working near the point of repair.
Electrical wiring or any electrical equipment (not being electrical or welding equipment) used near the
point of repair shall be so arranged that there are no trailing cables along the floor. All electrical
equipment shall be of flame-proof type:
Provided that the provision of this shall not apply to mains and services, plant, or machinery installed in
the open air subject to the following conditions.
(a) The main or service shall be situated in the open air and it shall contain only the following gases,
separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely town gas. Coke-over
gas, producer gas, blast pumice gas or gases other than air, used in their manufacture;
(b) The main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or mixture of gases to which acetylene
has been intentionally;
(c) The operation shall be carried out by an experienced person or and at least two person (including
those carrying out the operations) experienced in work on gas mains and over 18years of age shall
be present during the operation.
(d) The site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable or explosive gas or vapour ;
(e) Where acetylene gas is used as a source of heat in connection with an operation, it shall be
compressed and contained in a porous substance in a cylinder; and
(f) Prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service, this shall be pierced or drilled and
the escaping gas ignited.
73-F, Fragile Roofs – Provision of Crawling Boards etc. - In any factory, no person shall be required
to stand or pass over or work on or near any roof or ceiling covered with fragile material like through
which he is liable to fall, in case it breaks or give way, a distance of more than three meters unless-
(a) Suitable and sufficient ladders, duck ladders or crawling boards, which shall be securely supported,
are provided and used; and
(b) A permit to work in the fragile roof is issued to him each time he is required to work thereon by a
responsible person of the factory consumed.
73-H, Special Safety precaution for certain highly hazardous Chemical Process:- In respect of any
factory engaged in carrying out any hazardous chemical process or such part of any process as are
specified in the Schedule annexed hereto the following provisions shall be complied with viz:
(1) Process Hazards:-
(a) Before commencing any large scale experiment works or any new manufacture, all possible steps
shall be taken to ascertain definitely all the hazards involved both from the actual operation and also
from the point of view of the chemical reactions. The properties of the raw materials used, the final
products to be made and any byproducts arising during manufacture shall be carefully studied and
adequate and suitable provision shall be made in advance for dealing with any hazards including
effects on workers which may be inherent in the process or which may arise during the process of
manufacture.
(b) The plant, machinery or equipment concerned with the hazardous process shall be in-charge of such
operators only who have been trained and made thoroughly conversant to be fit persons to be in
charge thereof and no other persons shall be allowed to operate the plant, machinery or equipment.
The operators shall be regular employees of the Occupier and shall in no case be persons who are
employed as contract workers.
(c) The work of the operators shall be supervised on an overall basis by at least one competent person,
who for the purpose of this sub-rule shall at least be graduate in Chemical Engineering or Chemical
Technology with specialized knowledge in respect of the processes given in the schedule.
Provided that the Chief Inspector of Factories may accept a graduate in chemistry having adequate
knowledge of the processes given in the Schedule and also adequate experience and training or any other
qualifications, if in his opinion they are equivalent to the qualifications aforesaid.
(2) Emergency Instructions:-
Simple and special instruction shall be framed to ensure that effective measures will be carried out in
cases of emergency, to deal with escapes of inflammable explosive toxic or deleterious gases, vapors,
liquid or dusts. These instruction shall be in the language understood by the majority of the workers and
shall be displayed in bold letter at prominent place in the different sections concerned.
All concerned workers shall be suitable trained and fully instructed in the prompt action to be taken in
such emergencies and also in the general hazards encountered in this process.
(3) Fire and Explosion Risks:-
In any part of the factory where there is a danger due to fire of explosion from inflammable gas, vapor
or dust-
(i) No internal combustion engine and no electric motor or other electrical equipment or instrument
capable of generating sparks or otherwise causing combustion shall be installed for used in a
building engaged in the processes. All the electrical fitting shall be of suitable flame-proof
construction.
(ii) All pipes carrying hot exhaust or chemicals shall be installed outside the plant building and where
this is not possible, these pipes including the flange portion shall be effectively lagged.
(iii) Where an inflammable atmospheres is likely to occur the soles of footwear worm by workers shall
have no metal on them and wheels of trucks or conveyors shall be constructed of non-sparking
materials. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the ignition of explosive or inflammable
atmosphere by sparks emitted from locomotive or other vehicles operating in the vicinity.
(iv) Portable electric hand lamps shall not be used unless of an intrinsically safe type and all portable
electric tools and appliances connected by flexible wires shall not be used, unless these are of
suitable flame-proof construction.
(v) No electric are lamp no naked light fixed or portable, shall be used and no person shall have in his
possession any, any match or any apparatus of any type for producing a naked light or spark and
all incandescent electric light shall be in double airtight covers.
(vi) Prominent notice in the language understood by the workers and legible by day and by night
prohibiting smoking, the use of naked lights and the carrying of matches or any apparatus for
producing a naked light or spark shall be affixed at the entrance of every room or place where
there is the risk of the or explosion from inflammable liquid gas, vapour, or dust. In the case of
illiterate workers, the contents of the notices shall be fully and carefully explained to the, when
they commence work in the factory for the first time and again when they have completed one
week or service.
(vii) A sufficient supply of spades, scrapers and pails from suitable non-sparking material shall be
provided for the use of persons employed in cleaning out and /or removing residence from any
chamber, still, tank or other vessels where any inflammable or explosive may occur.
(viii) All machinery and plant, particularly pipe lines, belt-drives, stirrer on which static electricity is
likely to accumulate shall be effectively earthed. Receptacles for inflammable liquids shall have
metallic connections to earthened supply tanks to prevent sparking due to static charge build up.
(4) Additional Special Precautions:-
(i) The heating of the process, if required shall not be carried out by immersion or other types of
heaters deriving energy from electricity.
(ii) The steam heating coils placed in the lower part of the vessel shall never be kept uncovered or
allowed to be heated dry. A substantial amount of the liquid shall be ensured in the vessel after
each operation to insure this.provided that in case employing out of the vessels filled with high
melting products, the steam shall be stopped/disconnected to the heating coils, before draining
process is started to ensure that the heating coils are free of steam before they are uncovered.
(iii) Steam shall be supplied through a pressure reducing valve and a safety valve correctly set to ensure
that the critical temperature of the process is not exceeded.
(iv) A suitable rupture disc shall be provided on the vessel in addition to the usual spring-loaded safety
valve. The pipe duct leading away from the rapture dies shall be taken out of the work-room shall
be straight and without any bends in order to minimize resistance at the time of blowing and to
avoid any chance of a secondary vapour/air explosion.
(v) The vent line of the vessel shall carry flame-arrestor.
(vi) Breaking of vacuum, if the process is done under vacuum, on account of consideration of special
hazards inherent in the process, shall be done only with nitrogen, other suitable inert gas or steam.
Compressed air connection to the manifolds of the vessel equipment shall be avoided.
(vii) There shall be an automatic cut-off device of steam supply or other heating devices as well as of
further feed to the vessel set to operate, no sooner the critical temperature is reached, beyond which
the reaction, if any, in the vessels is likely to get out of control or reach run-away stage.
(viii) There shall be arrangement such that it would be possible to introduce quickly, preferably chilled
water or least ordinary cool water circulation in the steam or other hearing coils, no sooner the
hearing element is cut-off or separate coils or jackets for this purpose shall be provided for the
vessel.
(ix) An alarm system shall be provided linked to the pressure indicator of the vessel, so that
automatically an audible warning will be given as soon as the pressure exceeds the present safe
limit.
(x) There shall be provided an automatic arrangement such that if the mechanical agitation, where so
provided, fails on account of failure of motive power or due to broken shaft, broken blades, failing
of blades or such other contingencies, the supply of steam or other heating devices as well as
further feed of material would stop automatically.
73-J, Safety Committee:-
(1) In every factory –
Where in 250 or more workers are ordinarily employed; or
Which carries on any process or operation declared to be dangerous under section 87of the Act; and
employs more than 50 workers; or which carries in 'hazardous process' as defined under section 2(cb)
of the Act and employs more than 50 workers there shall be a Safety Committee.
(2) The representatives of the Management on Safety Committee shall include
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organization can contribute effectively to the functioning
of the Committee, Shall be the Chairman;
(b) A Safety Officer and factory Medical Officer, Wherever available and the Safety Officer in such a
case shall be the Secretary of the Committee:
(c) A representative each from the production, maintenance and purchase departments.
(3) The Workers representatives on this Committee shall be elected by the workers.
(4) The tenure of the Committee shall be two years.
(5) Safety Committee shall meet as often as necessary but at least once in every quarter. The minutes of
the meeting shall be recorder and produced to the inspector on demand.
(6) Safety Committee shall have the right to –
(a) Ask for necessary information concerning health and safety of the workers.
(b) Seek any relevant information concerning health and safety of the workers.
(7) Function and duties of the Safety Committee shall include –
(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives outline in the
' Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier;
(b) Dealing with all matters concerning health, safety and environment and to arrive at practicable
solution to problems encountered;
(c) Creating safety awareness amongst all workers;
(d) Undertaking educational, training and promotional activities.
(e) Deliberating on reports of safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, emergency plans
safety audits, risk assessment and implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;
(f) Carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents;
(g) Locking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and health
of the workers and suggest corrective measures and
(h) Reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory, or any other reason, the factions referred to in sub-rule (7)
cannot be effectively carried out by the safety Committee, it may establish sub-committee as may
be required, to assist it.
73-L, Health and safety policy –

1) Occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule (2) shall prepare a written statement of
his policy in respect of health and safety of workers at work.
2) All Factories-
a) Covered under section 2(m)(i) but employing less than 50 workers:
b) Covered under section 2(m) are exempted from requirements of sub-rule(1)
Provided that, they are not covered in the first Schedule under section 2(cb) or carrying out processes
or operations declared to be dangerous under section 87 of the Act.
3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (2) the Chief inspector may require the occupiers of
any of the factories, or class or description of factories to comply with the requirements of sub-rule
(1) if, in his opinion it is expedient to do so.
4) The Health and Safety Policy should contain or deal with: -
a) declared intention and commitment of the top management to health, safety and environment an
compliance, with all the relevant statutory requirements;
b) Organizational set-up to carry out the declared policy, clearly assigning the responsibility at different
levels; and
c) Arrangement for making the policy effective.
5) In particular, the policy should specify the following:-
(a) Arrangements for involving the workers;
(b) Intention of taking into account the health and safety performance of individuals at different levels
while considering their advancement;
(c) Fixing the responsibility of the contractor, sub-contractors, transporters and other agencies entering
the premises;
(d) Providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in its Annual Report
(e) Relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk assessment for periodical
assessment of the status on health, safety and environment and taking all the remedial measures.
(f) Staring its intention to integrate health and safety in all decision including those dealing with
purchase of plant, equipment, machinery and material as well as selection and placement of
personnel; arrangement for informing, educating and training and retraining its own employee's
different levels and the public, wherever required.
6) A copy of the declared Health and Safety policy signed by the Occupier shall be made available to
the inspector having jurisdiction over the factory and to the Chief Inspector.
7) The policy shall be made widely known by-
a) Making copies available to all workers including contract workers, apprentices transport workers,
suppliers, etc.
b) Displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places; and
c) Any other means of communication in a language understood by majority of workers.
8) The occupier shall revise the Safety policy as often as may appropriate, but it shall necessarily be
revised under the following circumstances, namely;
a) Wherever any expansion or modification having implication on safety and health of persons at work
is made; or
b) Whenever new substances or articles are introduced in the manufacturing process having
implications on health and safety of persons exposed to such substance.
73-M, Collection development and dissemination of information:-
1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a hazardous process shall arrange to obtain or develop
information in the form of Material safety Data Sheet in respect of every Hazardous substance or
material handled in the manufacture, transportation and storage in the factory. It shall be accessible
upon request to a worked for reference;
a) Every such Material Safety Data Sheet shall include the following information, namely
i. The identity used on the lable;
ii. Hazardous ingredient of the substance;
iii. Physical and chemical characteristic of the hazardous substances;
iv. Physical hazards of the hazardous substance, including the potential for fire, explosion and
reactivity;
v. Health hazards of the hazardous substance, including signs and symptoms of exposure, and any
medical conditions which are generally recognized as being aggravated by the exposure to the
substance;
vi. The primary route(s) of entry;
vii. The permissible limits of exposure prescribed in the Second Schedule under section 41 –F of
the Act, and in respect of any Chemical not covered by the said schedule, any exposure limit
used or recommended by the manufacturer, importer or occupier, any generally precautions for
safe handling and use of the hazardous substances, which are known, including appropriate
hygienic practices, protective measures during repair and maintenance of contaminated
equipment; procedures for clean-up of spills ad leaks; any generally applicable control measures,
such as appropriates, engineering, controls, work practices, or use of personal protective
equipment; emergency and first –aid procedures; the date of preparation of the Material Safety
Data Sheet, or the last change to it; the name, address and telephone number of the manufacture,
importer, occupier or other responsible party preparing or distributing the Material Safety data
Sheet, who can provide additional information on the hazardous Substance and appropriate
emergency procedures, if necessary.
b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material Safety Data Sheet in respect of a hazardous
substance shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects the scientific evidence used
in making the hazard determination. If he becomes newly aware of any significant information
regarding the hazards, of a substance, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new information
shall be added to the Material Safety Data Sheet as soon as practicable. The Material Safety Data
Sheet shall be in the form given in the Schedule to this Rule.
2) Labeling –
Every container of a hazardous substance shall be clearly labeled or marked to identify :-
a. The contents of the container;
b. The name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous substance;
c. The physical and health hazards; and
d. The recommended personal protective equipment needed to work safely with the hazardous
substance.
73-V, Medical Examination:-
1) Workers employed in a 'Hazardous process' shall be medically examined by a qualified medical
practitioner hereinafter referred to as Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner, namely:-
a. Once before employment to ascertain physical fitness of the person to di the particular job,
b. Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of
occupational health hazards to which they are exposed; and in cases where in the opinion of the
Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any worker,
c. The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid shall
be recorded in the Health Register in form 7.
2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of Fitness in Form 6 granted by
the Factory Medical Officer. If the Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for being
employed in any process covered under sub-rule (1) such a person shall have the right to appeal to
the Certifying Surgeon whose opinion shall be final in this regard.
3) Any finding of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of any person
employed in the process shall immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn,
examined the concerned worker and communicate his finding to the occupier within 30 days. If the
Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that the worker so examine is required to be taken away from
the process for health protection, he will direct the occupier accordingly, who shall not employ the
said worker in the same process. However the worker so taken away shall be provided with alternate
placement unless he is fully incapacitated, in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case
the worker affected shall be suitably rehabilitated: Provided that the Certifying Surgeon on his own
may examine any worker when he considers it necessary to do so for ascertaining the suitability of
his employment in the 'hazardous Process' of for ascertaining the health status of any worker.
73 –x ambulance van
73 – y decontzetion
4) The worker taken away from employment in any process under sub-rule (2) may be employed again
in the same process only after obtained the Fitness Certificate from the Certifying Surgeon and after
making entries to that effect in the Health Register.
5) An inspector may, if he deems it necessary to do so, refer a worker to the Certifying Surgeon for
Medical Examination as required under sun-rule(1). The opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in such
case shall be final. The fee required for this medical examination shall be paid by the occupier.
6) The worker required to undergo medical examination under these rules and for any medical survey
conducted by or on behalf 0f the Central or the State Government not refuse to undergo such a
medical examination.
73-W, Occupational Health Centers:-
1) In respect of any factory carrying on 'Hazardous Process' there shall be provided and maintained in
good order and Occupational Health Centre with the services and facilities as per scale laid down
hereunder:-
a) For factories employing up to 50 workers:- The services of Factory medical Officer on retainer-ship
basis, in his clinic to be notified by the occupier. He will carry out the pre-employment and periodical
medical examination as stipulated in rule 73-v and render medical assistance during any emergency;
a minimum of 6 person trained in first-aid procedures amongst whom atleast one shall always be
available during the working period: a fully equipped first-aid box,
b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers
i. An Occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor area of 15sq.m. with floors
and walls made of smooth and impervious surface and with adequate illumination and ventilation as
well as equipment as per the schedule annexed to his rule;
ii. A part-time factory Medical officer shall be in overall charge of the Centre who shall visit the
factory at least twice in a week and whose services shall be readily available during medical
emergencies;
iii. One qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period;
iv. A fully equipped First-aid box in all the departments.
c) For factories employing above 200 workers:-
i. On full-time Factory Medical Officer for factories employing 500 workers and one more medical
officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof;
ii. An Occupational Health Centre having atleast 2 rooms each with a minimum floor area of 15 sq.m
with floors and walls made of smooth and impervious surface and adequate illumination and
ventilation as well as equipment's as per the schedule annexed to this rule;
iii. There shall be one nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy throughout
the working period;
iv. The Occupation Health Centre shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
2) The Factory Medical Officer, required to be appointed under sub-rule (1) Shall have qualifications
included in Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act of 1916 or in the Schedules to the Medical
Council Act, 1956 and possess a Certificate of Training in industrial Health of minimum three month
duration recognized by the State Government.
Provided that:-
i. A person possessing a Diploma in Industrial Health or equivalent shall not be required to possess
the Certificate of training as aforesaid;
The Chief inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant exemption from
requirement of this sub rule, if in his opinion a suitable person possessing the necessary qualification is
not available for appointment; In case of a person who has been working as a Factory Medical Officer
for2 period of not less than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief inspector may,
subject to the condition that the said person shall obtain the aforesaid certificate pf training within a
period of three, relax the qualification.
3) The Syllabus of the Course leading to the above Certificate, and the Organizations, conducting the
course shall be approved by the DG FASLI or the state Government in accordance with the
guidelines issued by DG FASLI.
4) Within one month of the appointment of a Factory Medical Officer, the occupier of the factory shall
furnish to the Chief Inspector the following particular namely; Name and address of the Factory
Medical Officer, Qualifications, Experience, if any, and the sub-rule under which appointed.
73-ZA, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR Thermic Fluid Heaters:-
1) In respect of any factory where thermic fluid heater has been installed (Hereinafter called
"heater")and following provision shall be complied with-
All heaters shall be of such construction that, the coils shall be removable for period cleaning, visual
inspection and hydraulic test.
Suitable arrangement shall be made for cooling the furnace effectively in case of power failure to the
heater.
Before restarting the furnace of heater it shall be circulated in a closed circuit formation with an
expansion cum decorator tank. This tank shall be located outside the shod where the heater is installed.
Every Oil or Gas fired heater shall be provided with a photo-resistor actuated audio visual alarm to
indicate flame failure and automatic burner cut-off.
The stack temperature monitor-cum-controller with audio-visual alarm shall be provided to the heater
so as to warn the operator in case the outlet temperature. Exceeds the specified minimum.
All heater shall be provided with following devices and the same shall be maintained in efficient working
order.
Level indicator in the expansion tank;
Temperature indicator of thermic fluid;
Different pressure switch across the inlet and the outlet line of the heater tubes:
Temperature control device for the fuel supply to the burner.
All devices mentioned in clause (vii) above for oil or gas fired hearted shall have inter-locking
arrangement with burner so that in case of any pre-determined limits being crossed the supply of fuel
and air to burner shall automatically be cut-off.
All safety inter-locks when operated shall be indicated or on the control panel of the heater by a suitable
audio-visual alarm.
Electrical panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not so close as to be exposed to spilling
or leaking oil.
The heater shall be located in a place segregated from other manufacturing activities.
Explosion vent for heater shall be so installed that, the release takes place at safe location
The heater coil including the coil connected to it in the users equipment subjected to pressure shall be
tested by competent person once atleast in every 12 months. The test pressure shall not be less than
twice the operating pressure.
If repairs are carried out to the heater, coil including coil connected to it in users equipment shall be got
examined form competent person before taking in into use.
Maximum temperature of thermic fluid in the heating of heater coil shall not exceed the figure specified
by the manufacturer.
The thermic fluid used in heater, shall confirm to the specifications prescribed by the manufacturers and
shall be tested by competent person for suitability atleast once in every three months period. Such test
shall include test for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and flash point.
Cleaning of the internal surface of the heater for removing soot and checkup the refractory surface on
the inside shall be carried out every month, or as often as often as required depending upon working
conditions. The coils of heater shall be removed and surface of the coil cleaned thoroughly once at least
in a period of six months. The burner, nozzles, oil filters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during
the period of use.
A separate register containing the following information for the heater shall be maintained.
a) Weekly checks carried our confirming the effectiveness of the inter-lock;
b) Weekly checks confirming that all accessories are In good state of repairs and
c) Information regarding fuel oil temperature, pressure, thermic fluid inlet/outlet pressure and
temperature, fuel gas temperature, recorded at four hourly intervals.
74 - Washing facilities
75 - Facilities during clothing
76 - First aid appliance
77 – Notice regarding First aid
78 – Ambulance room / dispensary
Medical peculations, mass supplier staff.
REPORTING OF ACCIDENT/INCIDENT
Accident starts with near- miser, further leads to minor injury accidents and finally ends in major one.
If we report and investigate each & every incident/accident then it is possible to prevent accident.
Reportable (Reporting to statutory authority)
In any factory an accident occurs which causes death or which causes any bodily injury by reason of
which the person injured is prevented form working for a period of 48 hrs. or more immediately
following the accident.
Reportable Reportable Reportable Reportable
Minor injury Accident of serious Dangerous occurrence Poisoning Disease
accident nature
Minor injury not 1. Accident which cause 1. Bursting of vessel Poisoning by hazardous
of serious nature Death to any person. (Boilers). Chemicals-
2. Immediate loss of nay 2. Explosion, fire
part of the body. bursting out, leakage List is given in Sc1 & 2 of
3. Crushed or serious Or Escape of any "The Maharashtra
Injury to any part of molten metal, hot Factories (Control of
the body due to which liquor, or gas causing Industrial Major Accident
loss of the same is bodily injury or Hazards)Rules,
obvious. damage to factory. 2003".
4. Unconsciousness. 3. Explosion of
5. Severe bums. receiver or container Occupational Disease
used in process, for List is given in "The
storage. Under Third Schedule of the
pressure. Factories Act, 1948"
4. Collapse or failure of
a crane, derrick winch,
hoist.
5. Collapse of any floor,
gallery, roof, bridge,
tunnel, Chimney,
wall, building.
Reporting to Jt./Dy. Director of Industrial safety & Health at Regional ! Officer in…..
From-24 Form-24 Form-24 Form-25
Within 24 hrs. Within 4 hrs. Within 4 hrs. Within 4 hrs.
A register in F- 30 format is to be maintained to record the reportable accidents.

Separate register if to be maintained for non-reportable accident.
DEFINITIONS
AS PER THE FACTORIES ACT,1948 AS PER THE AS PER THE
FACTORIES MAHARASHTRA
ACT,1948 AND FACTORIES
THE MAHARASHTRA (CONTROL OF
FACTORIES FULES,1963 INDUSTRIAL MAJCR
ACCIDENT HAZARDS)
RULES,2003
MANUFACTURING HAZARDOUS PROCESS DANGEROUS INDUSTRIAL
PROCESS [SECTION 2 (cb)] OPERATIONS ACTIVITY
[SECTION 2(K)] (SECTION 87 AND RULE
114)
 Means any process for Any process of activity Any manufacturing Means an operation
Making, altering, process or operation or process carried out
Carried out a factory
repairing, carried out in a factory in a factory involving
ornamenting, Cause impairment to or likely
finishing, Packing, health of the person Exposes any person
or employed in it to a To involve one or
oiling, washing, engaged in
connected to such serious risk of bodily more
cleaning, breaking up,
demolishing, any process result in a the injury, poisoning or Hazardous
disease;
article or Substance pollution of general chemicals
 Pumping oil, water, Environment. And includes on –site
Sewage of any LIST OF Storage or on-site
other Substance. DANGEROUS
 Generating, LIST OF Transport which is
OPERATIONS IS associated with that
transforming INDUSTRIES
GIVEN INRULE-114 operation process.
 Transmitting, power. INVOLVING OF THE
 Printing, book binding HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS
 Constructing, MAHARASHTRA
reconstructing PROCESSES IS FACTORIES RULES, CHEMICALS
 Repairing, refitting, GIVEN IN THE 1963. Any chemical which
finishing, or breaking FIRST SCHEDULE
OF THE FACTORIES Satisfies any of the
 Up ships or vessels
ACT, 1948. The Safety precautions criteria laid down in
 Preserving or storing
required for the part i or is listed in
 Any article in cold dangerous operation column 2 of part ii of
storage. are annexed in schedule 1.
respective Any chemical listed
Schedule(Sc1 to Sc in Column 2 of
xxv) schedule 2.
Any chemical listed
in column 2 of The
Second Schedule
appended to the
Factories Act.
CHAPTER 2 WORKMEN'S COMPEMSATION ACT, 1923

The act provides for the payment by certain classes of employers to their workmen of compensation for
injury by accident, for cheaper and quicker disposal of disputes relating to compensation through special
tribunals than possible under the civil law.
Definitions:
“Dependent” means any of the following relatives of a deceased workman, namely,
i. A widow, a minor legitimate or adopted son, and unmarried legitimate of adopted daughter, or a
widowed mother, and
ii. If wholly dependent on the earnings of the workmen at the time of his death, a son
iii. If wholly or in part dependent on the earnings of the workman at the time of his death
a. Widow
b. A parent other than a widowed mother
c. A minor illegitimate son and unmarried illegitimate daughter or a daughter legitimate or illegitimate
or adopted if married and minor or if widowed and a minor.
d. A minor brother or an unmarried sister or a widowed sister of a minor.
e. A widowed daughter-in-law.
f. A minor child of a pre-deceased son.
g. A minor child of a pre-deceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive, or
h. A paternal grandparent if no parent of the workman is alive.
“Employer” includes anybody of persons whether incorporated or not and any managing agent of an
employer and the legal representative of a deceased employer, and, when the service of a workmen are
temporarily lent or on hire to another person by the person with whom the workman has entered into
contract of service or apprenticeship, means such other person while the workman is working for him.
“Managing agent” means any person appointed or acting as the representative of another person for
the purpose of carrying on such other persons trade or business, but does not include an individual
manager subordinate to an employer.
“Wages” includes any privilege or benefit which is capable of being estimated in money, other than a
travelling allowance or the value of any travelling concession or a contribution paid by the employer of
a workman towards any pension or provident fund or sum paid to a workman to cover any special
expenses entitled on him by the nature of his employment.
Categories
There are three categories of claimants the claimant under sub-clause (I) is dependent merely of the
basis of relationship mentioned therein. Second category mentioned in sub-clause (II) has to establish
the relationship and that they are infirm and were wholly dependent on the earnings of the workman
deceased at the time of his death. The third category mentioned in sub-clause (III) has to establish
relationship mentioned therein and further that they are wholly or in part dependent on the earning of
the deceased at the time of his death
 Father must is established that he was wholly or partially dependent on the earnings of the workman
at the time of his death.
 Definition of “Workman” does not cover the clerical cadre
Employer’s liability for compensation:
1. If personal injury is caused to a workman by accident arising out of and in the course of his
employment, his employer shall be liable to pay compensation in accordance with the provisions:
a. In respect of any injury which does not result in the total or partial disablement of the workman for
a period exceeding seven days.
b. In respect of any injury to a workman resulting in death or permanent total disablement caused by
an accident which is directly attributable to-
i. The workman having been at the time thereof under the influence of drinks or drugs, or
ii. The willful disobedience of the workman to an order expressly given, or to a rule expressly framed
for the purpose of securing the safety of workman, or
iii. The willful removal or disregard by the workman of any safety guard or other device which he knew
to have been provided for the purpose of securing the safety of workman.
1. If a workman employed in any employment specified in part a of sch.III contracts any disease
specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment, or it a workman
Whilst in the service of an employer in whose service he has been employed for a continuous period of
not less than six months (which period shall not include period of service under any other employer in
the same kind of employment) in any employment specified in part b of sch III contracts any disease
specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment, or if workman whilst in the
service of one or more employers in any employment specified in part c of sch III for such continuous
period as the central govt. may specify in respect of each such employment, contract any disease
specified therein as an occupational disease peculiar to that employment, the contracting of the disease
shall e deemed to be an injury by accident within the meaning of this section and unless the contrary is
proved, the accident shall be deemed to have arisen out of, and in the course of the employment.
2A) If a workman employed and such employment was under more than one employer, all such
employers shall be liable for the payment of the compensation such proportion as the commissioner
may, in the circumstances deem just.
“Accident arising out of and in the course of employment”
The words “in the course of employment” mean “in the course of work which the workman is employed
to do and which is incidental to it. The words “arising out of employment” mean during the course of
employment injury has resulted from some risk incidental to the duties of the service, which unless
engaged in the duty wing to the master it is reasonable to believe that the workman would not otherwise
have suffered.
Whether the claimant is entitled to make claim under the motor vehicles act and also under the
workmen’s compensation act for the death or bodily or bodily injury of any person.
The word “accident” means an untoward mishap, which is not expected or designed by the workman.
“Injury” means physiological injury.
Accident and injury are distinct in cases where accident is an event happening externally to a man but
accident may be an event happening internally to a man and in such cases “accident” and “injury”
coincides. Such cases are illustrated by failure of heart bursting of an aneurysm and the like, while the
workman is doing his normal work. The connection bet. Injury and employment may be furnished by
ordinary strain of ordinary work if the strain did in fact contribute to or accelerate or hasten the injury.
4. Amount of compensation:
1. Subject to the provision of this act, the amount of compensation shall be as follows. Namely:
a. Where death results An amount equal to 50% of the monthly wages of the accedes workman
from the injury multiplied by the relevant fact or an amount 1,20,000 rupees whichever is
more.
b. Where permanent An amount equal to 50% of the monthly wages of the injured workman
total disablement multiplied by the relevant fact, or an amount of 1,40,000 rupees whichever
results from the is more.
injury
Explanation I: For the purpose of Cls. (a) and (b), ‘relevant factor’ in relation to workman means the
factor specified in the second column of sch IV against the entry in the first column of that schedule
specifying the number of years which are the same as the completed years of the age of the workman of
his last birthday immediately preceding the date on which the compensation fell due.
Explanation II: Where the monthly wages of a workman exceeds on thousand rupees, his monthly
wages for the purposes of cls. (a) and (b) shall be deemed to be two thousand rupees only.
c. Where permanent i. In the case of any injury specified in part II sch. Such percentage of the
compensation which would have been payable in the case of permanenet
partial disablement
total disablement as is specified therein as being the % of the loss of
results from the
earning capacity caused by that injury, and
injury
ii. In the case of an injury not specified in sch.I, such % of the compensation
payable in the case of permanent total disablement as proportionate to the
loss of earning capacity (assessed by the qualified medical practitioner)
permanently caused by the injury.
Explanation I: Where more injuries than one are caused by the same accident the amount of
compensation payable under this head shall be aggregated but not so in any case as to exceed the amount
which would have been payable if permanent total disablement had resulted from the injuries.
Explanation II: In assessing the loss of earning capacity for the purposes of sub-clause (II), the qualified
medical practitioner shall have due regard to the percentage of loss of earning capacity in relation to
different injuries specified in Sch.I
d. Where temporary A half–monthly payment of the sum equivalent to 25% of monthly wages
disablement, of the workman, to be paid in accordance with the workman, to be paid
whether total or accordance with the provisions of sub-section (2)
partial results from
the injury.
2. The half monthly payment referred to Cl.(d) of sub-section (1) shall be payable on the sixteenth day
I. From the date of disablement lasts for a period of 28 days, or more or
II. After the expiry of a waiting period of 3 days from the date of disablement where such disablement
lasts for a period of less than 28 days, and thereafter half monthly during the disablement or during
a period of 5 years, which ever period is shorter.
Provided that-
a. There shall be deducted from any lump-sum of half-monthly payments to which the workman is
entitled the amount of any payment of allowance which the workman has received form the
employer by way of compensation during the period of disablement prior to the receipt of such lump-
sum or of the first half-monthly payment as the case may be, and
b. No half-monthly payment shall, in any case, exceed the amount, if any, by which half the amount of
the monthly wages of the workman before the accident exceeds half the amount of such wages,
which he is earning after the accident.
Explanation: Any payment or allowance which the workman has received from the employer towards
his medical treatment shall not be deemed to be a payment or allowance received by him by way of
compensation within the meaning of Cl. (a) of the proviso.
3. On the ceasing of the disablement before the date on which any half-monthly payment falls due there
shall be payable in respect of that half-month a sum proportionate to the duration of the disablement
in that half-month.
4. If the injury of the workman results in his death, the employer shall, in addition to the compensation
under subsection (1), deposit with the commissioner a sum of one thousand rupees for payment of
the same to the eldest surviving dependent of the workman towards the expenditure of the funeral
of such workman or where the workman did not have a dependent or was not living with his
dependent at the time of his death, to the person who actually incurred such expenditure.
Notice and Claim.
1. No claim for compensation shall be entertained by a commissioner unless notice of the accident has
been given in the manner hereinafter provided as soon as practicable after the happening thereof and
unless the claim is preferred before him within two years of the occurrence of the accident or, in
case of death, within two years from the date of death,
Provided that, where the accident is the contracting of disease in respect of which the provisions of sub-
section (2) of Sec 3 are applicable, the accident shall be deemed to have occurred on the first of the days
during which the workman was continuously absent from work in consequence of the disablement
caused by the disease.
Provided further that in case of partial disablement due to the contracting of any such disease & which
does not force the workman to absent himself from work the period of two years shall counted from the
day the workman gives notice of the disablement to his employer.
Provider further that if a workman who, having been employed in an employment for a continuous
period, specified under sub-section (2) of Sec.3 in respect of that employment, ceases to be so employed
& develops symptoms of an occupational diseases peculiar to that employment within two years of the
cessation of employment, the accident shall be deemed to have occurred on the day on which the
symptoms wore first detected
Provided further that the want of or any defect or irregularity in a notice shall not be a bar to the
entertainment of a claim
a. If the claim is preferred in respect of the death of a workman resulting from an accident which
occurred on the premises of the employer, or to any place where the workman at the time of the
accident was working under the control of the employer or of any person employed by him, and the
workman died on such premises or at such place, or on any premises belonging to the employer, or
died without having left the vicinity of the premises or place where the accident occurred, or
b. If the employer or any one of several employers or any person responsible to the employer for the
management of any branch of the trade or business in which the injured workman was employed
had knowledge of the accident from any other source at or about the time when it occurred,
Provided further that the commissioner may entertain & decide any claim to compensation in any case
notwithstanding that notice has not been given, or the claim has not been preferred, in due time a
provided in this sub section, if he is satisfied that the failure so to give the notice or prefer the claim, as
the case may be, was due to sufficient cause
2. Every such notice shall give the name & address of the person injured & shall state in ordinary
language the cause of the injury & the date on which the accident happened & shall be served on the
employer or upon any one of several employers, or upon any person responsible to the employer for
the management of any branch of the trade or business in which the injured workman was employed.
3. The state Govt. may require that any prescribed class of employers shall maintain at their premises
at which workman are employed a notice-book, in the prescribed form which shall be readily
accessible at all reasonable times to any injured workman employed on the premises & to any person
acting bonafide on his behalf.
4. A notice under this section may be served by delivering it at, or sending it by registered post
addressed to, the residence or any office or place or business of the person on whom it is to be served,
or where a notice-book is maintained, by entry in the notice-book.
Power to enquire from employer’s statements regarding fatal accidents
1. Where a commissioner received information from any source a workman has died as a result of an
accident arising out of & in the course of his employment, he may send by registered post a notice
to the workman’s employer requiring him to submit, within 30 days of the service of the notice, a
statement, in the prescribed form, giving the circumstances attending the death of the workman &
indicating whether, in the opinion of the employer, he is or is not liable to deposit compensation on
account of the death.
2. If the employer is of opinion that he is liable to deposit compensation, he shall make the deposit
within 30 days of the service of the notice.
3. The employer is of opinion that he is not liable to deposit compensation, he shall in his statement
indicate the grounds on which he disclaims liability.
4. Where the employer has so disclaimed liability, the commissioner, after such inquiry as he may think
fit, may inform any of the depenoants of the deceased workman, that it is open to the dependents to
prefer a claim for compensation & may give them such other further information as he may think
fit. 10-B
Reports of fatal accidents & serious bodily injuries
1. Where, by any law for the time being in force, notice is required to be given to any authority, by or
on behalf of an employer, of any accident occurring on his premises which results in death or serious
bodily injury, the person required to give the notice shall, within 7 days of the death or serious bodily
injury, send a report to the commissioner giving the circumstances attending the death or serious
bodily injury
Explanation-
“Serious bodily injury” means an injury which involves, or in all probability will involve, the permanent
loss of the use of permanent injury to, any limb, or the permanent loss of or injury to the sight or hearing,
or the fracture of any limb, or the enforced absence of the injured person from work for a period of
exceeding 20 days deposit.
2. The state Govt. may, by notification in the official gazette, extend the provisions of sub-section (1)
to any class of premises other than those coming within the scope of that sub-section, and may, by
such notification, specify the persons who shall send report to the commissioner.
3. Nothing in this section shall apply to factories to which the Employee’s state insurance act, 1948
(34 of 1948), applies.
Contracting
1. Where any person (hereinafter in this section referred to as the principal) in the course of or for the
purposes of his trade or business contracts with any other person (hereinafter in this section referred
to as the contractor) for the execution by or under the contractor of the whole or any part of any
work which is ordinarily part of the trade or business of the principal, the principal shall be liable to
pay any workman employed in the execution of the work any compensation which he would have
been liable to pay if that workman had been immediately employed by him, & where compensation
is claimed from the principal, this act shall apply as if references to the principal were substituted
for reference to the employer except that the amount of compensation shall be calculated with
reference to the wages of the workman under the employer by who he is immediately employed.
2. Where the principal is liable to pay compensation under this section, he shall be entitled to be
indemnified by the contractor, or any other person form whom the workman could have recovered
compensation & where a contractor who is himself a principal is liable to pay compensation or to
indemnify a principal under this section he shall be entitled to be indemnified by any person standing
to him in the relation of a contractor from whom the workman could have recovered compensation,
& all questions as to the right to & the amount of any such indemnify shall, in default of agreement
be settled by the commissioner.
3. Nothing in this section shall be constructed as preventing a workman form recovering compensation
from the contractor instead of the principal.
4. This section shall not apply in any case where the accident occurred elsewhere that on, in or about
the premises on which the principal has undertaken or usually undertakes, as the case may be, to
execute the work or which are otherwise under his control or management.
Returns as to compensation
The state Govt. may, be notification in the official Gazette, direct that every person employing workmen,
or that any specified class of such persons, shall send at such time & in such form & to such authority,
as may be specified in the notification, a correct return specifying the number of injuries in respect of
which compensation has been paid by the employer during the previous year & the amount of such
compensation together with such other particulars as to the compensation as the State Govt. may direct.
Schedule – I
(See Secs. 2(1) and 4)
Part I
List of injuries deemed to result in permanent total disablement
Sr. No. Description of injury % of loss of
earning capacity
1 Loss of both hands or amputation at higher sites loss of hand and foot 100
2 Double amputation through leg or high or 100
3 Amputation through leg or thigh on one side and loss of other foot 100
4 Loss of sight to such an extent as to render the claimant unable to 100
perform any work for which eyesight is essential
5 Very severe facial dis figment 100
6 Absolute deafness 100
Part II
List of injuries deemed to result in permanent partial disablement
Amputation cases-upper limbs (either arm)
1 Amputation through shoulder joint 90
5 Loss of thumb 30
6 Loss of thumb and its metacarpal bone 40
7 Loss of four fingers of any hand 50

8 Loss of three fingers of one hand 30
9 Loss of two fingers of one hand 20
10 Loss of terminal phalanx of thumb 20
Amputation cases-lower limbs
11 Amputation of both feet resulting in end-bearing stumps 90
12 Amputation through both feet proximal metatarso-phalangeal joint 80
16 Amputation at hip 90
22 Amputation of one foot resulting in end-bearing 50
25 Loss of one eye, without complication the other being normal 40
26 Loss of vision of one end, without complication of disfigurement of 30
eyeball, the other being normal.
26-A Loss of partial vision of one eye 10
Sr. No. Description of Injury % of loss of

earning capacity
Loss of A-Fingers of right or left hand index finger
27 Whole 14
28 Two phalanges 11
29 One phalanx 9
Middle finger
31 Whole 14
32 Two phalanges 11
33 One Phalanx 9
34 Guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone
Ring of little finger
35 Whole 7
36 Two phalanges 6
37 One phalanx 5
38 Guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone 2
B-Toes of right or left foot great toe
39 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 14
40 Part with some loss to bone 2
Any other too

42 Part with some loss of bone 1
Two toes of one foot, excluding great toe
44 Part, with some loss of bone 2
Three toes of one foot, excluding great toe

Four toes of one foot, excluding great toe
47 Through matatarso-phalangeal joint 9
Note: Complete and permanent loss of the use of any limb or member referred to in this schedule shall
be deemed to be the equivalent of the loss of that limb of member.
Schedule III
(See Sec.3)
List of occupational diseases
Sr. No Occupational Diseases Employment
Part A
1 Infections & parasitic diseases contracted in an occupation a. All work involving
where there is risk of contamination exposure to health or
laboratory work
b. Other work caring a
particular risk of
contamination
2 Diseases caused by work in compressed air All work involving exposure
to the risk concerned
3 Diseases caused lead or it’s toxic compounds
4 Poisoning by nitrous fumes
5 Poisoning by Organo-phosphorus compound
Part B
1 Diseases caused by phosphorus or its toxic compounds
2 Diseases caused by mercury or its toxic compounds
3 Diseased caused by benzene of its toxic homologues
4 Diseased caused by nitro & amino toxic derivatives of
benzene of its homologues
5 Diseased caused by chromium or its toxic compounds
6 Diseased caused by arsenic or its toxic compounds
7 Diseased caused by radio-active subs. & ionizing Action of radio active subs.
radiation’s Or ionizing radiation’s
8 Primary epitheliomatous cancer of the skin caused by tar, All work involving exposure
pitch bitumen, mineral oil, anthracene, or the compounds, to risk concerned
products or residues of these substance
9 Disease caused by the toxic halogen derivatives of
hydrocarbons (of the aliphatic 7aromatic series)
10 Diseases caused by carbon disulphide
11 Occupational contract due to infrared radiation’s
12 Disease caused by manganese or its compounds
13 Skin diseases caused by physical, chemical or biological
agents not included in other items
14 Hearing impairment caused by notice
15 Poisoning by dinitrophenol or a homologue or by

substituted dinitrophenol or by the salts of such substances
16 Diseases caused by beryllium or its toxic compounds All work involving exposure
to risk concerned
17 Diseased caused by cadmium or its toxic compounds
18 Occupational asthma caused by recognized sensitizing
agents inherent to the work process
19 Diseased caused by inflonne or its toxic compounds
20 Disease caused by niuogiycerine or other nitro acid esters
21 Disease caused by alcohol and ketone
22 Disease caused by asphyxiate carbon derivatives, hydrogen
sulphide
23 Lung cancer & mesotheliomas caused by asbestos
24 Primary neoptasm of the opithelial lining of the urinary
bladder or the kidney or
25 Snow blindness in snowbound areas
26 Disease due to effect of cold in extreme hot climate
27 Diseases due to effect cold in extreme cold climate
Part C
1 Pneumoconiosis caused by (sclerogenic mineralisilicosos,
anthraoosilicosos) and silicosis is and essential factor in
causing the resulting incapacity or death.
2 Bagassosis
3 Bronchopulmonary diseases caused by cotton, flax hem
and sisal dust (byssionosis)
4 Extrinsic allergic alveelitis caused by the inhalation of
organic dusts
5 Bronchopulmonary diseases caused by hard metal
Schedule IV
(See Sec.4)
Factors for working out lump sum equivalent of compensation amount
In case of permanent disablement and death
Completed years of age on the last birthday of the Factors Factors
workman immediately proceeding the date on which the
compensation fell due
Not more than 16 228.54
17 227.49
18 226.338
19 225.22
20 224.0
21 222.71
22 2221.37
23 219.95
24 218.47
25 216.91
26 215.28
27 213.57
28 211.79
29 209.92
3 207.98
31 205.95
32 203.85
33 201.66
34 199.40
35 197.06
36 194.64
37 192.14
38 189.56
39 186.90
40 184.17
41 181.37
42 178.49
42 175.54
44 172.52
45 169.44
46 166.29
47 163.07
48 159.80
49 156.47
50 153.09
51 149.67
52 146.20
53 142.68
54 139.13
55 135.56
56 131.95
57 128.33
58 124.70
59 121.05
60 117.41
61 113.77
62 110.14
63 106.52
64 102.93
65 or more 99.37
CHAPTER 3 THE EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE ACT (ESI), 1948

The Employees State Insurance Act, provides for certain benefits to employees in case of sickness,
maternity and employment injury.
The Act extends to the whole of India. It applies to all factories (including Government factories but
excluding seasonal factories) employing ten or more persons and carrying on a manufacturing process
with the aid of power or employing 20 or more persons and carrying on a manufacturing process without
the aid of power and such other establishments as the Government may specify.
A factory or other establishment to which this Act applies, shall continue to be governed by its provisions
even if the number of workers employed therein falls below the specified limit or the manufacturing
process therein ceases to be carried on with the aid or power, subsequently.
The Act does not apply to the following:
i. Factories working with the aid of power wherein less than 10 persons are employed;
ii. Factories working without the aid of power wherein less than 20 persons are employed;
iii. Seasonal factories engaged exclusively in any of the following activities viz. Cotton, ginning, cotton
or jute pressing, decortications of groundnuts, the manufacture of coffee, indigo, lac, rubber, sugar
(including gur) or tea or any manufacturing process incidental to or connected with any of the
aforesaid activities, and including factories engaged for a period not exceeding seven months in a
year in blending, packing or repackaging of tea or coffee, or in such other process as may be specified
by the Central Government;
iv. A factory which was exempted from the provisions of the Act as being a ‘seasonal factory’ will not
lose the benefit of the exemption on account of the amendment of the definition of ‘seasonal factory’;
v. Mines subject to the Mines Act, 1952;
vi. Railway running sheds;
vii. Government factories or establishments, whose employees are in receipt of benefits similar or
superior to the benefits provided under the Act and Indian naval, military or air forces.
The appropriate Government may exempt any factory or establishments or class factories
EMPLOYERS’S / EMPLOYEES’ CONTRIBUTION
The employer is required to contribute at the fate of 4.75% of the wages paid/payable in respect of every
wage period. The employees are also required to contribute at the rate of 1.75% of their wages, except
when the “average daily wages in a wage period” are equal to or less than Rs.40. Employees earning
less than and upto Rs. 40 per day are exempted from payment of contribution.
It is the employer’s responsibility to deposit his own as well as employee’s contributions in respect of
all employees including the contract labour, into the E.S.I Account.
The employer may deduct the employees contribution from his wages in respect of the period for which
the contribution is payable.
Applicability
a) All factories excluding seasonal factories employing 10 or more persons and working with electric
power.
b) All factories excluding seasonal factories employing 20 or more persons and working without
electric power.
c) Any establishment which the Government may specifically notify as being covered.
d) Shop employing 20 or more persons.

Note: As soon as the above conditions are fulfilled the employer should furnish the details in Form-01
to ESI office for registration under the ESI Act, 1948 and Obtaining of the employer’s Code No.
Eligibility
i) Any person employed for wages (up to Rs. 6,500) in or in connection with the work of a factory or
establishment end.
ii) Any person who is directly employed by the employer in a factory or through his agent on work
which is ordinarily part of the work of the factory or incidental to purpose of the factory.
Benefits
1) Free medical treatment is offered to covered employees at hospital and dispensaries run by the ESI
Corporation.
2) About 7/12 of employees normal wage will be payable to him ESI during sickness.
3) Maternity benefit for 12 weeks of which not more than 6 weeks should be preceding confinement.
4) Injury during course of employment resulting in temporary/permanent disablement entitles the
covered employee to a regular payment to substitute his lost wages.
5) Death during course of employment entitles specified dependents to a regular payment.
6) One time payment of Rs. 1,500 to help meet funeral expenses.
Penal Provisions
For employees’ contribution: Imprisonment for minimum 2 yrs. to maximum 5 yrs. and/or fine of Rs.
25,000/-
For employees’ contribution: Imprisonment for minimum 6 months to maximum 3 yrs. and/or fine of
Rs. 10,000/-
OTHER BENEFITS
Supply of special aids : Insured persons and members of their families are provided artificial limbs,
hearing aids, artificial dentures, spectacles (for insured person only) & artificial appliances like spinal
supports, cervical collars, crutches, wheel chairs and cardiac pace makers, dialysis/ dialysis with kidney
transplant etc.
RECORDS TO BE KEPT READY FOR ESI INSPECTION
Attendance Register/Muster Roll
Salary/Wages Register/Payroll.
EC (Employee’s & Employer’s Contribution) Statement.
Employees’ Register U/R 32 (Form 7).
Accident Register U/R 66.
Return of Contribution (RC-Form 6).
Return of Declaration Forms (RDF – Form 3).
Receipted Copies of Challans.
Books of Account viz Cash/Bank, Expense Register, Sales/Purchase Register, Petty Cash Book, Ledger,
Supporting Bills and Vouchers, a/w Delivery Challans (if any)
BENEFITS AT A GLANCE
Benefits Contributory Duration Rate To Whom
Conditions Payable
1) a) sickness I.P. Should 91 days in any As per S.B.R. Only to the
Benefit work for wages two consecutive insured person
for 78 days in B.P.
the
corresponding
C.P. (wef 19-9-
98)
b) Extended sickness Continuous 124 days which 25% Above Only to the
benefit for long term employment may be extended S.B.R. insured person
diseases like TB, for the period up to 309 days in
leprosy, etc. of two years. specified chronic
cases during a
period of three
yrs.
c) Enhanced sickness Same as for 7 days for Twice the S.B.R. Only to the
benefit (for under- Benefit vasectomy & 14 insured person
going sterilization (a)above days for
operation for family tubectomy
planning) extended in cases
of post-operative
complications
etc.
2) Disablement No Conditions In case of a) At the rate of
Benefits (employment temporary For temp. Only to
injury) disablement as disablement the
long as injured 40%
incapacity lasts & above
in case of S.B.R. in case of
permanent PDB it is
disablement: for calculated on the
life time. basis of
percentage of loss
of earning
capacity and
maximum TDB.
3) Dependent’s No condition To the 3/5 of the FULL
Benefit (employment WIDOW/S RATE, if there
injury) during life time are 2 or more
until remarriage. widows, the amt.
-------do-------
To the legitimate payable to the
or adopted widows shall be
SON/S until he divided equally
between the
attains the age of widows. 2/5 of

18 yrs. the FULL RATE,
To the legitimate if there are 2 or
or adopted more sons, the
amt. payable to
unmarried
Daughter/s until the sons shall be
she attains the divided equally
age of 18 yrs. Or between the sons.
until marriage, Subject to a min
whichever is of Rs. 14/- .
earlier,
(in case the deceased person does not
leave a widow or legitimate or
adopted child. D.B. shall be payable
to…
a) Parent or grand parent, for life.
b) Any other male dependent, until
he attains the age of 18 yrs.
Any other female dependent, until she
attains the age of 18 yrs. Or until
marriage whichever is earlier.
N.B. An insured person whose PERMANENT DISABLEMENT has been assessed as final and who has
been awarded permanent disablement benefit at a rate not exceeding Rs.1.50 per day may apply for a
lump sum payment and such amount shall be determined by multiplying the daily rate of permanent
benefit by the figure indicated in Co. 2 of the Schedule III of the regulations.
Benefits Contributory Duration Rate To Whom
Conditions Payable
4) Maternity Payment of 12 weeks of Twice S.B.R. Only to the
Benefits contribution for which not more Subject to min. of insured person.
70 days in one or than 6 weeks can Rs.20/- p.d.
two consecutive precede the
periods. expected date of
confinement.
6 weeks for Medical bonus of
miscarriage or for Rs.250/- where
medical ESI facility is not
termination of available.
pregnancy
Additional
payment for one
month for
complications
(pre or post)
arising out of
Pregnancy.
In case of her
death leaving
behind a child
benefits are
payable to her
nominee.
5) Medical No condition From the date of Full Medical care Person as well as
Insured Benefit entry of an including his/her Family
employee into an hospitalization. Members as
insurable defined u/s 2(11)
employment so of the Act
long as he
remains.
In insurable
employment and
three after for
certain additional
period.
6) Funeral No condition (i.e. One time lump Not more than To the eldest
Expenses merely by virtue sum payment Rs.1,500/- surviving member
of being an of the family of
insured person) the deceased I.P.
Or to the person
who actually
incurs the
expenditure on the
funeral of an I.P.
7) Rehabilitation No condition For each day of Same as at 1(a) Up Only to the I.P.
Allowance which I.P. to Rs.15 L for
remains admitted Rehabilitation
in Artificial Limb
Center for
fixation, repair or
replacement of
artificial limb.
8) Medical No condition but Till the date on Medical Benefit IP and spouse.
Benefit to an I.P. has to pay which an I.P.
insured persons Rs.10/- p.m. in would have
who ceases lump sum for one attained the age of
insurable year in advance superannuation
employment on every year.
account of
permanent
disablement
9) Medical 1) InsurableTill the time ----- Insured person

Benefit to retired employment for a yearly and his spouse
Insured Period period of 5 yearscontribution is
and paid to the
2) Payment of Concerned Office
Office of the of the
Contribution @ Corporation.
Rs.15/- PM in
lump sum for one
year in advance,
each year.
OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYERS
1. The employer should get his factory of establishments registered with the E.S.I. Corporation within
15 days after the Act becomes applicable to it, and obtain the employers Code Number.
2. The employer should obtain the declaration form from the employees covered under the Act and
submit the same along with the return of declaration forms, to the E.S.I. office. He should arrange
for the allotment of insurance Numbers to the employees and their identity Cards.
3. The employer should deposit the employees’ and his own contributions to the E.S.I. Account in the
prescribed manner, whether he has sufficient resources or not his liability under the Act cannot be
disputed. He cannot justify non-payment of E.S.I. contribution due to non-availability of finance.
4. The employer should furnish a Return of Contributions along with the challans of monthly payment,
within 30 days of the end of each contribution period.
5. The employer should not reduce the wages of an employee or account of the contribution payable
by him (employer).
6. The employer should cause to be maintained the prescribed records registers namely the register of
employees, the inspection book and the accident book.
7. The employer should report to the E.S.I. authorities of any accident in the place of employment,
within 24 hours or immediately in case of serious or fatal accidents. He should make arrangements
for first aid and transportation of the employee to the hospital. He should also furnish to the
authorities such further information and particulars of an accident as may be required.
8. The employer should inform the local office and the nearest E.S.I. dispensary/hospital, in case of
death of any employee, immediately.
9. The employer must not put to work any sick employee and allow him leave, if he has been issued
the prescribed certificate.
10. The employer should not dismiss or discharge any employee during the period he/she is in receipt
of sickness/maternity/temporary disablement benefit, or is under medical treatment, or is absent
from work as a result of illness duly certified or due to pregnancy or confinement.
INSPECTORS- THEIR DUTIES AND POWERS
The E.S.I. Corporation may appoint inspectors to carry out me purposes of the Act, within the local
limits assigned to each of them.
DUTIES
The duties of an Inspector are:
a. Inquiring into the correctness of any of the particulars stated in any return of contribution;
b. Ascertaining whether any of provisions of the Act has been compiled with; and
Such other duties as may be authorized by the Corporation or specified in the regulations.
POWERS
The inspectors are vested with following powers to carry out their duties and functions aforesaid:
I. To require any employer or contractor to furnish to him necessary information;
II. To enter at any reasonable time, any office, establishment, factory or other premises of the employer
or contractor and require the person in change thereof to produce for examination accounts, books
and documents relating to the employment of persons and payment of wages, or to furnish to him
necessary information.
III. To examine the employer or contractor, his agent or servant, or any person found in the factory,
establishment, office or other premises, or any employee, and
IV. To make copies of, or take extracts from, any register, account books or other document maintained
in such factory, establishment office etc.
DISPUTES & REMEDIES
EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE CORPORATION
The Employees State Insurance Scheme is administrated by the Employees State Insurance Corporation,
which is constituted by the Central Government. It consists of representatives of the Central
Government, medical profession and members of Parliament. The Corporation is vested with the
following powers.
 To promote measures for the improvement of the health and welfare of insured employees and for
the rehabilitation and re-employment of those who have been disabled or injured.
 To appoint inspectors for purposes of the Act.
 To determine the amount of contribution payable in respect of employees of a factory or
establishment, which has not furnished or maintained any particulars, registers or records.
EMPLOYEES INSURANCE COURT
Any dispute arising under the Act shall be decided by the Employees Insurance Court and not by a Civil
Court. It is constituted by the State Government for such local areas as may be specified and consists of
such number of judges, as the Government may think fit. It shall adjudicate on the following disputes
and claims.
Disputes as to –
i. Whether an employee is covered by the Act or whether he is liable to pay the contribution, or
ii. The rate of wages or average daily wages of an employee, or
iii. The rate or contribution payable by the employer in respect of any employee, or
iv. The person who is or was the principle employer in respect of any employee, or
v. The right to any benefit an the amount and duration thereof, or
vi. Any direction issued by the Corporation on a review of any payment of dependents’ benefit, or
vii. Any other matter in respect of any contribution or benefit or other due payable or recoverable under
the Act.
Claims as to –
i. Recovery of contributions from the principle employer,
ii. Recovery of contributions from a contractor,
iii. Recovery for short payment or non-payment of any contribution under section 68,
iv. Recovery of the value or amount of benefits received improperly under section 70,
v. Recovery of any benefit admissible under the Act
No dispute shall be admitted unless the employer deposits with the court 50% of the amount due from
him as claimed by the Corporation.
APPEAL
An appeal shall lie to the High Court within 60 against an order of the Employees’ Insurance Court if it
involves a substantial question of law.
CHAPTER 4 THE CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION & ABOLITION)

ACT, 1970 AND THE MAHARASHTRA CONTRACT LABOUR (R&A),
RULES, 1971.
For Contract Labour License Security Deposit Rs20/- per employee
License Fee As per details given below (form IV & Annexure
“B”)
License Renewal Fee As per details given below (form VII)
Last date for Renewal of License: 31st October every year
A. TABLE OF LICENCE & RENEWAL FEES BY THE CONTRACTOR
NO. OF LICENCE FEES FINE (ONLY FOR DELAY IN RENEWAL
WORKMEN
20 Rs. 20/- Rs. 5/- A/c code for security deposit
21 to 50 Rs. 50/- Rs. 12.50/- 8443 5029
51 to 100 Rs. 100/- Rs. 25/- A/c code for License 02300063
101 to 200 Rs. 200/- Rs. 50/- Narration: Labour & employment
201 to 400 Rs. 400/- Rs. 100/- Fees under CL(R & A) Rules
401 & Above Rs. 500/- Rs. 125/-
B. TABLE OF REGISTRATION FEES BY THE PRINCIPAL EMPLOYER FOR CONTRACT
LABOUR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.
Registration Fees As per the table given below
NO. OF REGISTRATION
WORKMEN FEES
20 Rs. 40/-
21 to 50 Rs. 100/- A/c code for Registration fees 02300063
51 to 100 Rs. 200/- Narration: Labour & Employment fees & Employment
101 to 200 Rs. 400/- Fees under CL(R & A) Rules
201 to 400 Rs. 800/-
401 & Above Rs. 1000/-
C. SECURITY DEPOSIT RS.20/- PER WORKER TO BE PAID BY CONTRACTOR AMOUNT
OF FEES AND SECURITY DEPOSIT SHOULD BE PAID IN RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
VIDE “S” CHALLAN.
Forms to be submitted for obtaining, license. Register and Records to be maintained and made for
inspection and the Reports and Returns to be submitted by the Licensing Contractor.
FORM NO. REF TO DESCRIPTION
STATUTE
IV Rule 21(1) Application to be made for obtaining a license in triplicate)
V Rule 21(2) Certificate to be issued by the principal employer to the

contractor and to be iv enclosed with the application for
license by the contractor:- (in triplicate)
VII Rule 21(1) Application to be made for renewal of license.
IX Rule 56 Register of workmen Employed by the Contractor.
X Rule 57 Employment card to be issued to each workman by the
contractor on the first day of the employment of the worker.
XI Rule 58 Service Certificate to be issued to the workmen whose service
have been terminated by the contractor.
XII Rule 59(2)(a) Muster Roll.
XIII Rule 59(2)(a) Register of Wages
XIV Rule 59(2)(a) Combined Muster Roll-Cum-Wage Register to be maintained
by the contractor where the wage period is one week or less.
XV Rule 59(2)(b) Wage slip to be issued by the contractor to the workers at least,
a day prior to the disbursement of wages.
XVI Rule 59(2)(d) Register of Deduction for damages or loss.
XVII Rule 59(2)(d) Register of Fines.
XVIII Rule 59(2)(d) Register of Advances.
XIX Rule 59(2)(e) Register of Overtime.
XX Rule 63(i) Half yearly Return to be sent to the Licensing Officer in
duplicate not later than 31st July and 31st January of every year
respectively.
Forms to be submitted for Registration, Records to be maintained & Returns to be submitted by
the Principal Employer
FORM NO. REF TO DESCRIPTION
STATUTE
I Rule 17(1) Application for registration of establishment employing
contract labours to be made by principal employer (in
triplicate)
V Rule 21(2) Certificate to be issued to the contractor by the principal
employer (In triplicate)
VIII Rule 55 Register of contractors to be maintained by the principal
employer in respect of his registered establishment.
XXI Rule 63(2) Yearly Return to be sent in duplicate to the Registering drive
by the principal employer not later than 19th February
following the end of the year to which return relates.
CHAPTER 5 THE PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE ACT, 1991

In our country it is very difficult to prove who is responsible for accident or by whose default accident
is caused. Further legal process is very tedious and many people cannot afford it. To give justice to all
those people and to bring the owners liable for accidents under statutes this Act is enacted by central
government. Under this Act principle of absolute liability is imposed on owners whoever handles
hazards substances specified by the Act.
Definitions
Accident – means an accident involving a fortuitous or sudden or unintended occurrence while handling
any hazardous substance resulting in continuous or intermittent or repeated exposure to death of or injury
to any person or damage to any property but does not include an accident caused by reason only of war
or radioactivity.
Hazardous substance – means hazardous substance as defined in Environment Protection Act 1986.
E.A. 1986 defines hazardous substance as any substance or preparation which by reason of its chemical
or physiochemical properties or handling, is liable to cause harm to human beings, other living creatures,
plants, micro organism, property or environment.
Owner means – a person who owns, or has a control over handling, any hazardous substance at the
time of accidents and includes,
In case of firm any of its partners;
In case of association, any of its member, and
In case of a company, any of its director, managers, secretaries, or other officers who is directly in charge
of and is responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company.
Principle of no fault –
Section 3 of the Act is based on this principle. Principle of no fault makes person liable for his act
whether there is guilty intention or not, where there is any default on the part of the person or not, where
there is any negligence or not the person is liable for his act. Most of the Environmental Laws imply
strict liability so that long legal procedure is avoided as well as guilty person should not escape from
law by some loop holes.
Section 3 says that, 1) where death or injury to any person, other than workmen, or damage to any
property has resulted from an accident the owner shall be liable to give immediate relief as specified in
the schedule attached to this Act. This section does not covers workmen as is defined in The Workmen’s
Compensation Act, 1923 as this Act covers compensation to workmen in case of injury or death.
Sub section of this Act says that the claimant shall not be required to plead and establish that the death,
injury or damage in respect of which the claim has been made, was due to any wrongful act, neglect or
default of any person.
Duties of the owner –
Section 4 of the Act specifies duties of the owner
 To take out insurance policies before he starts handling of any hazardous substances.
 If he is handling hazardous substances immediately before commencement of the Act he should take
it within one year from the date of commencement.
 He should renew the policies as it should be always in force while handling of hazardous substances.
 No insurance policies taken out by an owner should be of less amount than paid up capital of the
company or in case of owner not being a company, market value of assets and stocks of undertaking
on the date of contract of insurance.
 Every owner should pay together with the amount of premium, pay to the insurer, for being credited
to the environment relief fund such amount, as may be prescribed, not more than premium.
Verification and publication of accident by collector – (section -5)
 Whenever it comes to the knowledge of Collector that accident has occurred within his area he
verifies the occurrence of such accidents and then cause publicity for inviting claims due to the
accidents.
Applications for claim for relief – (section-6)
Applications should be made within five years of the date of accidents by following persons,
By the person who has sustained the injury,
By the owner of the property to which the damage has been caused,
Where death has resulted by any or one of the legal representatives of the deceased,
By agent duly appointed by any of the above person.4
Award by Collector – section-(7)
On receipt of an application for any claim collector gives notices to the owner and after hearing the
parties, hold an inquiry into the claim. Collector gives copy of award within fifteen days from the date
of award. Collector make arrangement to pay from the relief fund made in accordance with section –
7A and directs the insurer to deposit the amount within thirty days from the date of the award.
Environment relief fund – (section 7A)
The Central Government by notification can establish environment relief fund and may specify the
authority in which relief fund should be vested and other matters connected with the fund.
Collector should make award under the provision of following schedule
Reimbursement of the medical expenses incurred up to a maximum of Rs.12,500 in each case.
For fatal accident the relief will be Rs.25,000 per person in addition to reimbursement of medical
expenses, if any, incurred on the victim up to maximum of Rs.12,500.
For permanent total or permanent partial disability or other injury or sickness, the relief will be (a)
reimbursement of the medical expenses incurred, if any, up to a maximum of Rs.12,500 in each case.
(b) cash relief on the basis of percentage of disablement as certified by authorized physician up to
25,000.
For loss of wages due to temporary partial disability which reduces the earning capacity of the victim,
monthly relief up to Rs.1000 per month for three month; provided that the victim has been hospitalized
for a period more than 3 days and is above 16 years of age.
For the damage to private property up to Rs.6000 depending on actual damage to the private property.
Probable questions
Highlight the basic objective of the Public Liability Act. (8 marks)
What are the salient features of Public Liability Act? (8 marks)
In a factory explosion is occurred and two villagers died on the spot, two injured and two houses are
severely damaged, how the affected person will get relief under The Public Liability Act, 1991? (8
marks)
CHAPTER 6 BOILER MOUNTINGS AND SCCESSORIES

Steam Boiler Mountings: All Boilers are titted with fittings or mountings for the safety of the boilers,
and for complete control of the process of steam generation.
The Safety fittings are:
a. Safety valves
b. Water – level indicator or water gauge,
c. Combined high – steam and low – water safety valve, and
d. Fusible plug
The control fittings are:
a. Steam pressure gauge,
b. Feed check valve
c. Junction or stop valve and
d. Blow – off cock or valve
Safety valves: The main function of a safety valve is to prevent the steam pressure in a boiler exceeding
the pre-determined maximum working pressure by automatically opening the valve and discharging the
steam as soon as the maximum pressure is reached.
Safety valves may be classified into two distinct groups according to the method of loading the valve
viz.
a. Weight loaded safety valves, and
b. Spring loaded safety valves.
The valves in group (a) may be again subdivided into:
 Dead – weight safety valve and
 Lever and weight safety valve (lever safety valve).
Dead - weight safety valves: perhaps the most simple types of safety valve is that in which the valve is
loaded by the direct application of weights above the valve Such a valve is known as dead – weight
safety valve.
And stop screw fitted on the discharge casing. The condensed steam in the discharge casing is drain pipe
connected at the bottom.
The dead – weight safety valve is probably the most reliable type of safety valve and actually gives quite
a satisfactory performance during operation.
The dead – weight safety valve has very limited range of application beings mainly used for low capacity
stationary boilers.
Lever safety valves: Very close to the dead – weight safety valve is the lever and weight pattern safety
valve. These types of valve are suitable for stationary boilers only as it is affected by vibration.
Spring loaded safety valves: For locomotive and marine boilers both the dead- weight and lever safety
valves are not suitable spring loaded safety valve is therefore mostly used on locomotives and marine
boilers, as this type of valve is not affected by vibration.
Fusible Plug: The crown of the furnace of some boilers is fitted with a plug held in position by fusible
or alloy This plug under normal condition is covered with water in the boiler which keeps the
temperature of the fusible metal below its melting point But when the water level in the boiler falls low
enough to uncover the top of the plug, the fusible metal quickly melts, the plug drops out and the opening
so made allows the steam to rush into the furnace. The steam, thus puts out the fire or gives warning that
the crown of furnace is in danger of being overheated.
Steam Pressure Gauge: Each boiler must have a steam pressure gauge to slow (or red) the pressure of
steam in the boiler the gauge is usually on the front top the shell or the drum. Its deal graduated to read
the pressure in kilogram's per sq. centimeter above atmospheric pressure.
Feed Check Valve: The Feed – water pipe carrying water from the feed pump usually enters the boiler
in the water space of the boiler. A valve is placed at the boiler end of this feed pipe to control or regulate
the flow of water into the boiler the valve is attached directly to the boiler front. It is a non – return valve
which permits flow of water I n one direction only and automatically prevents the back flow of water
from the boiler when the feed water pump ins not working The amount of water entering the boiler can
be adjusted by controlling the lift of the valve This valve is known as feed check valve or boiler feed
valve.
Junction or stop valve: A valve placed directly on a boiler and connected to the steam pipe which
carries steam to the engine is called a junction valve. The valve is necessary for purpose of shutting off
steam when not required the junction valve is also very often called the stop valve. A valve placed in
the steam pipe leading (talking) steam to the engine and placed near the engine is called a stop valve,
bur junction valve are also very frequently called stop valves stop or junction valves are operated by
hand and their function is too regular the amount of steam and to shut it off altogether if required. There
is no essential difference a stop valve.
Blow-off cork: The blow - off pipe is attached at the lowest point of the purpose of emptying the boiler
when necessary and for discharging the loose mud and sediment deposited from the feed water at the
lowest point to which water circulated. A valve or a cock, known as blow –off cock is placed on this
pipe which can be opened for blow –off the dirt and sediment whenever necessary Arrangement for
automatic blow-off instead of manual are also available.
Anti-priming pipe: When a boiler is generating steam rapidly particles of water are thrown up into the
steam from where they are carried away by the steam to the engine. This is known as priming an anti-
priming pipe is a device which prevent the carrying away of water particles with the steam it is fitted to
the boiler shell just above the steam space and underneath the main stop valve.
Steam boiler accessories: Most of the boilers are fitted with accessories
a. To increase the efficiency of the boiler plants and
b. To help in the smooth working of the boiler plants.
The most important steam boiler accessories used are:
1. Feed-water pump
2. Injector
3. Economizer
4. Superheated
PREPARATION FOR EXAMIANATION
Preparation for inspection: At every examination of a boiler for the grant of renewal of a certificate
the boiler shall be empty and thoroughly clean in all its parts. All doors of manholes hand and sight
holes and cleaning plugs and all caps in the headers and mud drums of water tube boilers all fire bars,
bearers, font plates bridge plates fir bridges brick arches, oil fuel burners and mechanical stoker fittings
shall be removed. Al valves and cocks comprising the boiler mounting shall be opened up and the valves
or cocks ground when necessary before the inspector's visit.
Preparation for hydraulic test: The chest of all mounting subject to steam pressure shall be in place
and shut tight or black- flagged The attachment for the inspector's pressure gauge and nipple for
connecting the inspector's test pump house shall be in order All doors shall be properly jointed and
tightened up the boiler shall be completely filled with water care being taken to allow all air to escape
and if possible a preliminary test nor exceeding the working pressure of the boiler be taken before the
inspector's visit to test the rightness of the joints. When a boiler is hydraulically tested for the first time
it shall be entirely cleared of lagging or brickwork at subsequent tests the lagging or brickwork or potions
there of shall be removed if required by the inspector.
Instruction to boiler attendants: these instructions should be frequently and carefully studied with a
view to keeping in mind the precautions to be observed and the ordinary procedure to be followed in the
safe working of boilers.
Precautions before starting the fires:
1. See that here is sufficient water in the boiler and that the gauge cocks are working freely
2. See Safety valves or open cock on top of boiler air to escape
3. See that the blow –off cock is fully closed and light
4. See that safety valves and feed check valve are free and workable
5. Note if the pressure gauge pointer is at zero
6. See that the feed pump is in working order
Raising steam : Before getting up steam the water level should be observed to ensure that water proper
heights in the glass the pressure gauge noted and the safety valves tried to see they are free The blow –
off cock should be examined to see it is completely shut and tight.
Pressure gauze: The Pressure or steam gauge should be kept in order and be in such a position as to be
easily seen by the boiler attendant.
Steam pressure: Ordinary the safety valve will prevent the stem from much above the working pressure
but if the steam gauze shows is rapid and increase of pressure as to indicate danger of exceeding the
highest limit water should be immediately fed into the boiler and the dampers partially closed in order
to diminish the effect of the fire if however the water has fallen so low that there is danger of an accident
form this cause the fires should be withdrawn before feeding in water the safety valves eased and if the
engine is it rest it should be started so as to reduce the pressure. The safety valve saves provided to guard
against over – pressure
The Valve can be taste by slowly raising it a little, and when let down it should close perfectly tight it
should never be opened by a sudden knock or pull if it does not close tight tum it on its seat until it fits.
Or when its construction does not permit this, rise it slowly a few times and late it down again nut on
no account must the valve be screwed down further or loaded more than what has been allowed by the
inspector.
The water gauge: These will be kept in best in best order by frequently blowing through. The cocks
are thus kept in good working condition without liking. Blow through the drain cock at the bottom of
the gauge and shut and open the steam and water cocks every few house. If water and steam do not
appear in proper order the cocks are choked and the passage should be cleaned. To lessen the risk of
breaking the gauge glass the water cock should always be se opened after the steam cock.
Special Note: It does not follow that there is plenty of water in the boiler because there is plenty of
water in the gauge glass. The passages may be choked and empty gauge glasses are sometimes mistaken
for full ones and explosion have resulted there from. Hence the importance of keeping the gauge cocks
perfectly light and clean and of blowing through the test frequently.
A large number of accidents have been due to inoperative water gauges and to negligence of the
attendant in not carefully reading the water level.
Manhole and other door joints: Care must be taken that the spigot of the door is centrally placed in
the hole as May accidents have resulted from packing bearing blown out between the spigot and of hole
even when the clearance was only 3mm the nuts must be carefully and evenly tightened Further
tightening should be made during the process of heating up the boiler when raising steam.
Steam Pipes: When properly arranged should give no trouble fervently however, thy are so designed as
to contain pickets, in which while out use condensed steam accumulates. Greater care should be taken
to see that the pipes are properly drained before the stop – valve is opened otherwise “water hammer”
will take place even with the best designed steam pipes, and disastrous explosions loss of life and
properly may occur.
The valve can be taste by slowly raising it a little, and when let doe, it should 'close perfectly tight. It
should never be opened by a sudden. Knock or pull. If it does not close tight turn it on its seat until it
fits, or when its construction does not permit this, rise it solely a few times and let it down again, but on
no account must the valve be screwed down further or leaded more than what has been allowed by the
Inspector,
The water gauge: These will be kept in best order by kept in best' order by frequently blowing through.
The cocks are thus kept in good ‘working condition without leaking. Blow through the drain cock at the
bottom of the gauge, and shut open the steam and water cocks every few hours.
If water and steam do not appear in proper order the cocks are choked and the passage should be cleaned
lessen the risk of breaking the gauge glass the water cock should al)'s be re - opened after the steam cock
Special note: It does not follow that there ls plenty of water in the boiler because there is plenty of water
in the gauge glass. The passage may be choked and empty gauge' glasses are sometimes mistaken for
ones and explosion have resulted therefore. Hence the importance of keeping the gauge cocks perfectly
tight and clean and of blowing through the test cocks frequently.
A large number of accidents have been due to inoperative water gauges and to negligence of the
attendant in not carefully reading the water level .
Treatment of feed water: Many feed waters require soda or other chemicals to arrest corrosion or
change the nature of the scale. There is no harmless chemical which will remove scale or sediment when
it has once got into the boiler and the only effective process is to purify the feed water before it enters
the boiler.
By this means, the sediment and generally too the added chemical, can be deposited in tanks or in filters,
and therefore never goes into the boiler excepting when the water obtainable is very good, water -
purifying apparatus ought to pay any boiler - owner, particularly at those works where three or more
boilers are in constant work. Boiler- owners wishing to have definite advice as to the best treatment of
the particular circumstances.
Preservation of boilers when not in use: Steam boilers when not in use are liable to deterioration from
corrosion and unless well cared for and made rust - proof: they may depreciate more rapidly than when
in use. They should be thoroughly drained and thoroughly dried and all valves, cocks, and openings
closed so as to exclude moisture. Another plan IS to fill the boiler with water to which about 1/100 per
cent caustic soda has been added.
STEAM BOILERS
A steam boiler is a closed vessel, strongly constructed of steel, in which steam is generated from water
by the application of heat. The steam generated is used for producing power and for industrial process
work and heating work. The steam boiler is also known as steam generator. The function of a steam
boiler is to convert chemical energy of fuel by combustion into heat and to transfer this heat to water
and thus to produce steam which is then available of power or heating or an industrial process.
Boiler Terms - The following terms are commonly used in connection with various types of boilers and
thus their application and their meaning may be clearly understood:
Shell - The boiler shell consists of one or more steel plates bent into cylindrical form and riveted or
welded together the ends of the shell are closed by means of end plates- or heads which are made flat,
convex or concave. The shell together within closing heads is called the drum.
Setting - The setting forms the walls of the combustion chamber it confines the heat to the boiler and
forms a passage through which the gases pass. The passages so formed for the gases are called flues.
The boiler setting provides support for some types of boilers.
Grate - The grate in coal or wood fired boiler is the platform in the furnace upon which the fuel is
burned. The grate consists of cast iron bars, which are spaced apart so that' air for Combustion can pass
through them. .
Grate surface - If is the area of the grate on which the fire rests in a coal or wood fired boiler, and is
usually expressed in square meters.
Furnace - It is also called a firebox. It is the space above the grate and below the boiler shell in which
the fuel is burnt.
Water space and steam space - The volume of the shell that is occupied by water is termed water
space. The steam space is the entire shell volume less that occupied by water and tubed
Water level - It is a level at which water stands in the boiler shell The remaining space above the water
level is called the steam space.
Heating surface - It is the part of the boiler surface that is exposed to the fire and to the hot gases from
the fire as they (hot gases) pass from the furnace to the chimney
Mountings - This term usually refers to such items as safety valves main stop valves main stop valve
high steam and low water alarm feed check valve pressure gauge water level gauge blow off cock etc
special provision is always made on the boiler to mount them A boiler cannot function safety without
the above –mentioned mounting.
Accessories - This term applies to those items which form an integral part of the boiler but are not
mounted on the boiler super heater economizer feed pump etc are considered as accessories.
Blowing – off - This is the act of removing the floating impurities that float at the water level and is
termed surface blow off this is done by means of some kind of surface blow-off appliance The term
boiler and steam generated carry practically the same meaning or since However boiler is old name
used for a unit which generated steam The name steam generated is a modern expression and is used
for a unit which included in its integral construction quite separate units such as an economizer super
theater an air preheated etc. the main boiler with these accessories is now –a days called steam
generator.
Classification of Boilers - Boilers may be classified according to relative position of the water and the
hot furnaces gases under the two main classes,
a) Fire - tube boilers and shell or tank boilers in which furnace gases pass through tube, these tubes
being surrounded by the water. Which is be evaporated
b) Water - tube boilers in which furnace gases pass over the external surface of the tubes through
which water is circulate.
Boilers may be further classified according;

i. Their torn - vertical or horizontal boilers.
ii. Their construction - tank or tubular boilers
iii. The service to which they are put -land. (Stationary), portable marine or locomotive boilers.
The principle type of boilers belonging to the tank and fire tube class is. Cornish and Lancashire boilers,
simple vertical boilers, Cochran boilers, locomotive boilers, and scotch marine boilers. The boilers
belonging to water – tube class are: Babcock and Wilcox boilers and boilers and yarrow boilers.
Shell or tank type boilers: The shell or tank type of boilers are particularly suitable for stationary work
where Working pressure and power required are moderate. These boilers give reliability case of
operation, and easy steaming even with impure feed water. Although these boilers are economical
steam generators. They raise steam slowly on account of the large quantity of water they store and
because of their restricted fire space and slowness of the water circulation. The boilers belonging to
this class are: Cornish and Lancashire boilers.
EXPLOCSI0NS IN BOILERS
1. Furnace explosion due to accumulated fuel: Boiler furnaces can explode during startup of boiler
due to presence of accumulated fuel forming a highly explosive mixture. The accumulated fuel
may be present due to frequent start up and shutdown of boiler, due to incomplete combustion and
due to carbon or clinker formation. The clinker is formed at burner tips or near the burner due to
improper combustion or very long use of that burner. To avoid this the burner should be cleaned
or replaced periodically. To remove the accumulated gases a proper purging cycle with safety
interlocks to fuel supply valve should be provided, Suitable online gas analysers can be provided
to the furnace. To avoid incomplete combustion proper fuel - air mixture is to be maintained. The
preheat temperature and pressure of the fuel is to be maintained as per requirement. Low fuel oil
temperature or low pressure can result in incomplete combustion as well as dripping of fuel. Proper
combustion as well as atomizing air should be supplied to the burner to avoid incomplete
combustion.
2. Boiler drum or tubes explosion due to low water level: Boiler drum or water wall tubes can
explode or burst due to low water level resulting in overheating of drum of tubes. This can occur
due to failure or malfunctioning of boiler feed water pump or feed control valve (feed check valve).
Low water level can occur when the boiler load increases suddenly. This causes increases in steam
outlet velocity resulting in low water level. Low water level can occur due to faulty indication of
level transmitter as well as level indicator. This can be avoided by frequent and routine checkups
of level indicators and instruments. Also while increasing the load, increases it gradually.
3. Explosion due to overpressure: Over pressure of boiler can be caused due to sudden decrease in
boiler load, closing / malfunctioning of steam stop valve, excessive fuel and malfunctioning of
safety valves. The sudden stoppage of steam flow can occur generally in power plants. Due to this
pressure in boiler can increase very high resulting in damage to steam drum, tubes and steam pipes.
To avoid this safety valve should be tested and inspected. Steam stop valve functioning is also to
be checked regularly.
4. Explosion due to water hammer: This is caused due to very high water level nearly filling the
whole boiler. This is due to malfunctioning of feed control valve as well as water level transmitter.
This will result in severe damage due to 'water hammer' effect to steam pipelines. This can be
avoided by routine checkup up of feed check system and water level indicators. Water level
indicators are to be tested / checked per shift by boiler Attendant. .
Poor Maintenance and Testing of Controls
Problem or cause Cure

Safety valves Set up testing procedure
Low water cut-offs Test regularly-dismantle annually
Pressure gauge Check regularly against a calibrated gauge
Water column or water glass Keep them clean
Feed water supply system Maintain pumps and feed water regulators
Condensate return system Save and reuse more condensate
Indicating and recording instruments Instruments and recorders required regular
specialized maintenance
Pressure regulators Have a testing procedure and follow it to
ensure operability
PREVENTION OF BOILER EXPLOSIONS –Scale and sludge
Problem or Cause Cure
Overheated tubes Keep internal surfaces clean
Overheated other parts Pay close attention to feed water chemistry
Blockage of circulation to controls Utilize regular test schedules for all controls
Operation Error
Blocked or by passed controls
Improper or inadequate blowdowns
Thermal shocks - fast startups
Improper operation of soot blowers Operation training in all cases
Inadequate repair, maintenance or operational
Records
Operating with low water, Allowing oil or
contaminants into waterside
Corrosion
Problem or cause Cure
Oxygen pitting internally Proper feed water treatment
Galvanic corrosion Avoid dissimilar metal maintain proper pH
Acidic corrosion Maintain proper pH in feed water
Stag corrosion Keep fireside surfaces free of slag
Soot or External corrosion Eliminate moisture and sulfur combination
Inter-granular corrosion Match metals to environment service
Crevice corrosion Eliminate Leakage crevices
Erosion
CHAPTER 7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Accidents due to electric current: Accidents from electric current are in general of the following types:
Hold – on type: Generally the Hold – on type of accidents occur above 10mA. In this the muscles of
the forearm contract and as the flexor muscles are more powerful than the extensor muscles the hand
tightens into the conductor. The Hold – on type of accidents are very dangerous since due to continuous
passage of current the chest muscles may contract and the circulation of blood may stop.
Ventricular fibrillation: Ventricular fibrillation occurs when the co – ordinate of the ventricle is
disturbed. When the current passes through the chest and affects the heart, ventricular fibrillation is
caused. It is fatal because it is extremely difficult for the heart to recover its normal rhythm
spontaneously. Even a current of the order of 20 micro amps passing through the chest can cause
ventricular fibrillation. The relation between the chest current and the body current is not precisely
known but the probability of ventricular fibrillation is estimated to be high when the body current
flowing through the extremities is of the order of 40mA.
Respiratory Arrest: Another effect of electric current is the respiratory arrest in which the respiration
is stopped and does not restart again after the shock. For this to occur the current must pass through very
near to the respiratory centre which lies near the base of the brain. This requires that the current pathway
should be form the head to one of the limbs. However, the current usually passes form one arm to another
limb and hence the probability of respiratory arrest after the shock under normal circumstances of
electrical shock is less. In those uncommon cases where the current passes through the respiratory centre
such respiratory arrest takes place and breathing may be affected for considerable time.
Hazards: The following hazards are possible while using electricity:
Electric shock: Shock occurs when the body becomes part of the electric circuit. The current must enter
the body at one point and leave at another. Shock may occur in one of the three ways
1. With both wires of the electric circuit.
2. With one wire of an energized circuit and the ground.
3. With a metallic part that has becomes live by itself in contact with an energized wire.
The severity of the shock depends on the following factors:
a. The rate of flow of current through the body
b. The path of the current through the body
c. The length of time the body is in the circuit
Effects of electric current on human
Table – I gives the effects of electric current on men and women
Table – II gives the human resistance to electric current
Precautions against electrical shock
Switch off current. If this cannot be done, remove supply form victim. Use something made of wood
and not metal,
E.g. waking stick, hockey stick or some dry clothes
If the victim is cold, clammy, breathing is shallow and pulse is rapid and weak then give him reassurance
make him comfortable and keep him warm with blankets.
If the victim has stopped breathing start artificial respiration immediately get medical help
Table – I: Effect of electric current on Men and Women
Current in milliamperes
Direct
Men Women
Sight sensation on hand 1 0.6
Perception threshold 5.2 3.5
Shock not painful, muscular control no lost 9 6
Shock painful, muscular control not lost 62 41
Shock painful, let go threshold 76 51
Shock painful, and severe, muscular contractions 500 500
Shock possible ventricular fibrillation effect form 8 seconds shock 500 500
Short shocks lasting seconds - -
High voltage surges 50 50
Table – II: Human resistance to Electrical Current
Body area Resistance in ohms
Dry skin 1,00,000 to 6,00,000
Wet skin 1000
Intimal body – hand to foot 400 to 600
Ear to Ear (about) 100
Burns:
Joules Burns: The passage of an electrical current along any conductor is accompanied by the dissipation
of heat. According to joules law the heat dissipated is directly proportional to C2 RT where C is the
current in amperes, R is the resistance in ohms and T is the time in seconds. As the skin is the site of the
highest resistance in the body it is here that burning is most likely to occur when contact is made with
live conductor. Such burns may be deeper than may first appear on clinical examination. Healing is
often slow and may be accompanied by much scarring.
Flashover Burns: If an earthed conductor is brought close to another conductor at a high voltage, the
insulation of the air between them (dielectric) may break down giving rise to a spark. This ionizes the
air considerably lowering the resistance, which is turn allows the current to increase. An electric arc is
set up. If the earthed conductor is a human being too close to a high voltage line, he or she will be burnt
by the arc without actually coming in contact with the conductor.
Because of the reduced electric a resistance of the air and the air and the large area of the skin burning
(which reduce the skin resistance) large currents may flow. The victim therefore becomes subject to a
double event, a f flame burn form the arc and an electric shock from the current, which passes. The
burns are often made worse by the clothe catching fire. As flash burn accidents are usually associated
with high voltages, the current, which flows, are often too great to cause ventricular fibrillation.
Also, because the victim does not usually touch the conductor he is practically never “held on” but falls
away from the conductor thus extinguishing the area. The current therefor usually passes through the
victim only for a brief time.
The Indian Electricity act, 1910
The IE Act and Rules have thus been formulated to cover above aspects. The IE act was first
promulgated in 1903 and then amended in 1910. Similarly the IE rules were first framed in 1922 and
amended in 1937, 1956 and 1980.
Definitions:
“Accessible” means within physical reach without the use of any appliance or special effort.
“Authorized person” means a person authorized under Rule 3
“Installations” means any composite electrical unit used for the purpose of generating, transforming,
transmitting, converting, distributing or utilizing energy.
“Supplier: means a licensee, a non – licensee or any other supplier of energy including the government.
“Low Voltage” means where the voltage does not exceed 250v under normal conditions subject however
to the percentage variation allowed by the IE Rules.
“Medium voltage” means where the voltage does not exceed 650 volts under normal conditions subject
however to the percentage variation allowed by the IE Rules.
“High voltage” means where the voltage does not exceed 33,000 volts under normal conditions subject
“Extra high voltage” means where the voltage exceeds 33,000 volts under normal conditions subject
Indian electricity rules, 1956
IE Rules have been covered in eleven chapters in all. Chapters IV and V cover the general rules
applicable to all class of installation. Chapter VII covers the rules applicable to high and extra high
voltage installations.
Chapter VIII deals with the provision of rules applicable to overhead lines and chapter IX and X deal
with the provision of rules applicable to electric traction and Mine fields respectively. The topics covered
in other chapters are as follows:
General safety measure for electric work
Statutory measures are already mentioned in forgoing Para (1) which must always be followed with the
help of IS mentioned in Para (2).
Some general measures include:
1. Proper earthing and duble earthing. General earthing for big power station, up to 6.5ohm, hi9g
substation 1ohm, small substation 2 ohm and tower and other places up to 8 ohms.
2. Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse tongs, D.O.
rod, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring,
chain etc.
3. Avoid temporary wiring
4. Employ trained electrician
Types of protections:
A. Protection of conductors, joints and Connectors: All apparatus and conductors should be of
sufficient size and strength. They should be covered with insulating material and placed or enclosed
as to prevent danger, viz.
a. Conductors in conduit
b. Conductors in flexible metallic tubing
c. Conductors in metal trunking
d. Conductors with metal sheeting
e. Insulated cables like V.I.R. and C.T.S cables
Overhead trolley wired of cranes should be
1. Either protected by screen guards with suitable operating for tapping or
2. Insulated cable self – winding drums should be used.
B. Overload and Short – Circuit Protection: Danger form excess current due to overload or abort
circuit should be prevented by providing
1. Fuses
2. Circuit – breakers or
3. Thermal protection
Protective apparatus should be set at a low current value.
The number of items collectively protected should be limited to avoid
1. Over fusing to withstand heavy switching currents and
2. To ensure subdivisions so that inconvenience form operation of protective gear is not caused.
Fuses, relays and circuit – breakers should be of sufficient breaking capacity to operate safety at short
circuit currents.
C. Earth Fault protection:
Protective Earthing: All non – current metal parts of electrical equipment should be earthed. Such parts
are:
1. Metal conduits, bus bar steel trunking and cable sheets
2. Non 0 current carrying metal parts of
a. Switch gear, fuse and starters
b. Generators and motors
c. Lighting fitting and
d. Other electrical equipment or appliances
To earth is to connect to the general mass of earth is such a manner as will ensure at all times an
immediate discharge of electrical energy without danger and to allow sufficient current to flow to blow
fuses or operate protective devices and there by disconnect faulty apparatus.
Good earthing can be achieved by connecting earth continuity conductor to:
1. Sheath and armour of “supply” cable whenever available
2. In the case of supply from own transformer to a heavy section copper wire running to the neutral
point of the transformers or
3. Neutral wire where protective multiple earthing is allowed and adopted

In the absence of these, connection should be made to earth electrode or electrodes having low resistance
to earth.
Earth Leakage Circuit – Breakers: Whenever it is not practicable to obtain low impedance or where
protection afforded by the over current fuses and circuit breakers along with the earthed conductors is
not adequate, leakage protection can be achieved by:
Voltage – operated earth leakage circuit – breakers
Differential current circuit breakers or
Combined voltage – operated and differential current circuit – breaker
Besides earth tests, it is also necessary to carry cut insulation and continuity tests of installations and
apparatus at periodical intervals. This is necessary to ensure that insulation values are within safe limits
and that there is continuity of the circuit without excessive leaks, theses can be carried out easily with
special types of instruments.
CHAPTER 8 EXPLOSIVE RULES, 1983

Definitions: “Explosive” means gun – powder, nitroglycerine, nitroglycol, gun – cotton, di –
nitrotoluene, tri – nitrotoluene, picric acid, di – nitrophenol, tri – nitroresorcinol (styphinc acid), cyclotry
methylene – trinitramine, penta – erythritol – tetranitrate, teryl, nitroguanidine, lead azide, lead
styphynate, fulminate of mercury or any other metal, diazo – di – nitrophenol, coloured fires or any
other substance whether a single chemical compound or a mixture of substance, whether solid or liquid
or gaseous used or gaseous used or manufactured with a view to produce a practical effect by explosion
or pyrotechnic effect, and includes fog – signals, fireworks, fuses, rockets, percussion – caps, detonators,
cartridges, ammunition all descriptions and every adaptation or preparation of an explosive as defined
in this clause,
1. “Authorized Explosives” means an explosive included in a list of authorized explosive published by
the central government from time to time in the official gazette,
2. “Chief Controller” means chief controller of explosive,
3. “Competent person” means a person recognized by the chief controller to be a competent person or
a person who holds a certificate of competency in the job respect of which competency is required
form an institution recognized by the chief controller in this behalf,
4. “Conservator” includes any person acting under the authority of the officer or body of person
appointed to be conservator of a port under section 7 of the indian ports act, 1908,
5. “Controller” includes joint chief controller of explosives, deputy chief controller of explosive
2
[controller of explosive and deputy controller of explosive],
6. 3(6A) “Departmental testing station” means the testing station of the departments of explosive of the
central government,
7. “Detonator” means a small tube of aluminum or copper or other materials approved by the chief
controller
8. “Safety cartridge” means a cartridge for small arms having diameter not exceeding 2.5cms. The case
of which can be extracted for the small arms after firing and which is so closed as to prevent any
explosion in on one cartridge being communicated to other cartridges,
9. “Safety fuse” means a fuse for igniting charges of other explosive which burn and does not explode
and which does not contain its own means of ignition, and which is of such strength and
constructions and contains an explosive in such quantity that the burning of such fuse would not
communicate laterally with other like fuse,
Classification of explosive:
1. For the purpose of these rules explosives shall be classified in the manner specified in schedule.
2. If any explosive fall within the limits of more than one class as defined in schedule I, it shall be
deemed to belong exclusively to the last in number of such classes.
Safety distance categories of explosive
1. Explosives are divided into four categories according to the risks which they present when initiate,
namely
a) Category X – Those explosives which have a fire or a slight explosion risk or both but the effect of
which will be local.
b) Category Y – Those explosives which have a mass fire risk or a moderate explosion risk, but not the
risk of mass explosion.
c) Category Z – Those explosives which have a mass explosion risk and major missile effect.
d) Category ZZ – Those explosives which have a mass explosion risk and minor missile effects.
2. If any question arises as to whether any explosive belongs to Category X, Category Y, Category Z,
Category ZZ, the matter shall be referred to the chief controller whose decision shall be final.
General provisions
1. No person shall import, export, transport, manufacture, possess, use or sell any explosive which is
not an authorized explosive
2. No person shall deliver or dispatch any explosive to anyone other than a person who – is the holder
of a license to possess the explosives or the agent of a holder of such a license duly authorized by
him in writing in this behalf.
3. No person shall import, tender for transport cause to be transported, possess or sell any explosive
unless – it is packed in the manner laid down in Schedule II
4. The outer package shall be marked in conspicuous indelible character, by means of stamping,
embossing or painting with –
The world “Explosives”;
The name of the authorized explosive;
The number of the class and the division the which it belongs;
The safety distance category of explosive;
The name of the manufacturer;
The name of the consignor and consignee; and
The net weight of explosives;
Precautions to be observed in handling explosives
1. The floor or any place or any carriage or vessel in which any explosive is or is to be laid and the
ground gangway, decks and other places over which the explosive is to be conveyed during loading
or unloading shall be –
a) Carefully examined to ensure that there is nothing thereon in contravention of these rules or likely
to endanger the safety of the consignment and
b) Thoroughly cleaned and swept before and after use
2. The package containing the explosives shall not be thrown or dropped down or rolled or pulled along
the ground or floor but shall be passed from hand to hand and carefully deposited and stored.
3. Where a package is to be slung, due precautions shall be taken to sling it in such a manner as
effectively to prevent the possibility of a fall.
4. After the handling of explosives had commenced, the operations shall proceed with due diligence
and without unnecessary stoppage.
5. No person shall handle or cause to be handled any explosive between the hours of sunset and sunrise.
6. No person shall smoke, and no fires, lights or articles or substance of a flammable nature or liable
to spontaneous ignition, or to cause or communicate fire or explosion. Such acid, petroleum, carbide
of calcium, compressed gases or such other hazardous substances, shall be allowed –
a) At any time within 15 meters from a place where an explosive is stored; or
b) At any place where an explosive’s handled during transport one hour before and during such
handling.
7. If any explosive escape from the package in which it is contained, or is split, such explosive shall
immediately be carefully collected and destroyed as provided in these rules.
Employment of children, intoxicate person and certain other persons
No persons shall employ, or engage a person –
a) Who has not completed the age of 18 years, or
b) Who is in a state of intoxication or
c) Who is of unsound mind?
In the case of any explosive which is liable to be dangerously affected by water, due precatuions shall,
at all times, be taken to prevent water form coming in contact with such explosive.
Transport by road
1. No person shall transport or cause to be transported any explosive on any road within the limits of a
municipality or cantonment where such road is specially prohibited for plying vehicles carrying
explosives.
2. No person shall transport or cause to be transported any explosives in a road van or compressor
mounted motor truck/tractor unless such vehicle is licensed under these rules to carry explosives.
The road van shall meet the requirements laid down in specification 1 and compressor mounted
motor truck/tractor as laid down in specification 2 or 8 of schedule VII and shall be approved by
chief controller of explosives.
3. No explosive shall be transport by any carriage which is not a road van 2[or compressor mounted
motor truck/tractor]
4. A transport of explosive is restricted to the period between sunrise and sunset
5. The explosives are accompanied at least two able – bodied guards;
6. A red flag is displayed on each cart;
7. The packages containing explosives are suitably covered by a tarpaulin and secured.
8. No person shall transport explosive in any towed vehicle or tow any vehicle transporting explosives.
9. No other goods shall be carried with explosives any vehicle
Loading, unloading, maintenance and operation or road vans:
1. After the loading or unloading of explosive in or form any such vehicle is commenced, the operation
shall not be stopped until completed and shall be completed as expeditiously as possible.
2. No bale hooks or other metal tools shall not be used for the loading, unloading or handling or
packages containing explosives nor shall any package or container of explosives be thrown or
dropped during such operation.
3. The vehicle shall be regularly checked to see that –
a) The fire extinguishers are filled and in working order;
b) The electric wiring is completely insulated and firmly secured;
c) The fuel tank and feed lines have no leaks;
d) The chassis, engine, inside and bottom of the body are clean and free from surplus oil an grease;
e) The brakes and steering apparatus are in good condition; and
f) The spare tire and wheel are in fixed position.
4. Explosive shall not loaded on or in a vehicle unless the vehicle has been periodically serviced in
accordance with the instructions specified in the service manual by the manufacturer of the motor
vehicle.
5. The fuel tank of a vehicle carrying or containing an explosive shall not be filled except in case of
necessity, in which case the engine shall be stopped, the ignition shut – off and the tank filled only
at a place where filling is not a danger to the public safety. The driver of the road van shall supervise
filling of fuel tank keeping a fire extinguisher read by his side.
6. The driver or operator of a vehicle carrying or containing an explosive shall not stop unnecessarily
or for a longer period than is reasonably require; stopping at places where the public safety would
be endangered shall be avoided:
a) Shall not be used for any purpose that might gives rise to the presence therein of an open flame,
matches or any substance or article likely to cause explosion or fire;
b) Shall be away from any habitation or any godown containing articles of a flammable nature or other
hazardous goods:
Provided further that the nearest police station shall be informed about the location and temporary
parking of the van.
7. The driver or operator of any vehicle carrying or containing and explosive shall not drives or conduct
the same in a dangerous or reckless manner.
8. Routes passing through centers of dense habitation shall, as far as possible, be avoided.
9. A road van while transporting explosives shall always be attended to by at least one able – bodled
person (in addition to the driver) who is capable of looking after the vehicle.
10. When there is convoy of two or more vehicles transporting explosives, where practicable, a space
of at least 300 meters shall be maintained between each such vehicle.
11. Road van transporting explosives shall not be driven past fires of any kind on or near the highway
or other throughfare.
12. The driver of the road van while transporting explosives shall, before crossing any unmanned
railway crossing or before crossing any main highway, bring the road van to a full stop and proceed
only when the way is safety clear.
13. The original license for van granted under these rules or attested copy of the same shall always be
carried I the vehicle.
Accident to the vehicle:
1. Where a vehicle transporting explosives is involved in an accident, fire or any other occurrence, that
causes a significant delay in the delivery of explosives or damage to the vehicle or explosives, the
driver or any other authorized person accompanying the vehicle shall –
a) Comply with all requirements of law relating to road accidents;
b) Inform nearest police station;
c) Inform the licensee who shall –
I. Inform the chief controller and the controller in whose jurisdiction the accident has taken place
giving the full details of explosives carried and accident;
II. Arrange for safe storage and custody of explosives till an examination by the controller if required,
and then arrange for transport to eh destination or place designated by the controller.
2. In the case of a breakdown of road van, the driver or the person in charge or the vehicle shall-
a) Make or permit to be made major repairs if the repairs cab be made without hazard
b) Where major repairs are required, prevent such repairs being made until the explosives are
transferred to another van or are removed from the vehicle and stored under proper security at a safe
distance from the highway and at least 300 meters from any inhabited premise;
c) Inform the license who shall in turn inform the chief controller and the controller in whose
jurisdiction the vehicle is broken down giving full details of the explosives and the circumstances
attending the breakdown.
Fire extinguishers to be provided:
Every road van shall be provided with 2 fire extinguishers of minimum 2 kgs. Capacity one of the
extinguishers shall be capable of dealing with electric fires and the other with engine fires, tire fires or
such other similar fires in a van.
The fire extinguishers shall always be kept in good working condition.
Fire extinguishers shall be located where they will be convenient and ready for immediate use. Fire
extinguishers shall also be examined and recharged according to the manufacturers recommendations.
Magazines
Storage in magazine: An explosive if stored in a magazine shall be stored either in mode ‘A’ or mode
‘B’ magazine as specified in Schedule VII.
Restriction on use of mode ‘B’ magazine: Mode ‘B’ magazine shall be used for storage of explosives
required for use for a temporary period for a specific purpose and such magazine shall not be used for
safe of explosives.
Mound of magazines: A substantial mound shall be provided near a magazine, if so required by the
licensing authority. Such mound shall be of a type approved by the licensing authority and shall always
be maintained in good condition to provide effective protection.
Magazine or store house to be ground level a magazine or a store house shall be constructed at ground
level only as a single – storey building.
Store house
Restrictions on storage: No explosives, other than fireworks and safety fuse, shall be stored in any
store house.
Construction of store house:
A store house shall be well and substantially built of brick, stone or concrete and shall be so made and
closed as to prevent unauthorized persons having access there to end to secure it from danger of fire
form outside. Store house shall be well ventilated.
Where a store house forms part of a building, the other parts of which are used for any other purpose, it
shall be separated there from by suitable fire proof partitions and the walls, floor, roof and doors shall
be of fire proof materials.
Such store house shall not be used for storage of more than 150kgs of fireworks of fifty thousand meters
of safety fuse and shall be provided with independent entrance and such other measures as may, in the
opinion of the licensing authority, be deemed necessary in the interest of prevention of fire or accident.
Such store house shall be at a minimum distance of 15 meters from any other premises used for storage
of explosives, flammable substances or other hazardous materials and shall not be used for sale of
explosives:
Provided that such store house may be used for sale of explosives manufactured within a licensed factory
for manufacture of class 1 and / or class 7 explosives not exceeding 1[50] kgs at a time, if such store
house is situated within such factory.
Use of explosives
Competent person to be employed: No person shall use explosives for blasting purpose unless he
employs a qualified shot – firer holding a shot – firer’s permit granted under these rules:
Provided that for blasting operations in mines coming under the purview of the Mines Act, 1952, such
shot – firer shall have qualifications prescribed in the regulations framed under the said Act.
Restrictions on preparation of charges:
1. An explosive of one description shall not be concerted into and explosives of another description
and an explosives shall not be resolved into its ingredients.
2. The explosives of class 2 or class 3 shall be used in their original cartridge packing and such cartridge
shall not be cut to remove explosives for making cartridges of different sizes.
3. The licensee shall get prior approval of the authority which granted his licence for preparation as is
allowed by these rules.
Restriction on conveyance of explosives to or at the blasting site:
1. Explosives shall only be conveyed from the licensed storage premises to or near the site in original
unopened packages or in closed containers used solely for that purpose.
2. Explosives shall not be taken to point nearer than 50 meters from any site until such site is ready for
charging.
3. Explosives shall not be conveyed in any other materials, tools or implements other than that required
for the purpose of blasting.
4. Explosives left over after the days works shall be returned to the licensed premises form which the
same were taken.
5. The containers used for carrying explosives from original packages shall be maintained thoroughly
cleaned and dried and shall be kept closed when not in use. The containers shall be provided with
either handles or carrying straps of adequate strength and shall be conspicuously marked with the
work “Explosives”.
6. Detonators shall be conveyed in special containers. These shall not be carried with other explosives.
Batteries, dry cells and other sources of electric energy shall not be carried in the vehicle carrying
detonators.
CHAPTER 9 THE PETROLEUM ACT – 1934

Definitions
“Petroleum” means any liquid hydrocarbon or mixture of hydrocarbon and any inflammable mixture
containing any liquid hydrocarbon.
“Class of Petroleum” – This act divided petroleum according to their flash points. Flash points are the
minimum temp at which liquid hydrocarbon yields sufficient vapours which will give momentary flash
when ignited extemally. This is measured with standardized “test apparatus”.
Class A – having flash point below 23c
Class B – having flash point of 23c and above but below 65c
Class C – having flash points of 65c and above but below 93c
Control over petroleum
No one should import transport or store petroleum except according to the provision of the Act.
No one should produce, refine or blend petroleum, except according to the provisions of the Act.
This act gives all the rule making powers regarding petroleum to the central govt.
Receptacle of dangerous petroleum should show a warning – (class A) – and should have stamped,
embossed, painted or printed warning, either on the receptacles itself or displayed nearby exhibiting in
conspicuous place. This provision will not apply to.
 Any securely stopper glass, or metal receptacle of Len than 10 liters, which is not for sale.
 Tank attached as fuel tank for engine.
 Pipeline for the transport of petroleum.
 Any tank which is wholly underground.
 Any class of receptacle Govt. may exempt.
All the activities related to petroleum like import, storage, blending, refining are licensed except under
some following conditions in which license is not required.
 The petroleum having flash point more that 93C (Including) (93C) need not require any license.
 For transport of storage of class – B if quantity in possession at any one place does not exceed 2500
liters and none of it is contained in receptacle exceeding 1000 liters, no license required.
 For transport of storage of class – 0 no license is required quantity does not exceed 45000 liters.
 No license is required for class A is quantity does not exceed 30 liters and not intended for sale. And
stored in case of glass bottle not more than one liters capacity and in case of metal container capacity
exceed 25 liters.
 No license is required for railway administration on for import or transport of ay petroleum in its
possession in its capacity as a carrier.
Owner of the motor conveyance who comply the provision of registration of such motor conveyance
and the owner of any internal combustion engine should not be required to obtain license for any tank
attached to engine as a fuel tank and he also transport and storage not exceed 100 liters class A in
addition to fuel tank but for the use of generation of power for motor conveyance or engine.
Testing of petroleum
The standard test apparatus is to be deposited with testing officer who after checking it will engrave
with the words “standard test apparatus” and after payment of fee will grant certification for such
apparatus. Such apparatus is open to inspection for any officer appointed by central Govt.
Notice of accident
Whenever there occurs in or about to occur in connection with any place use for refining, blending,
storing, or any carriage or vessel carrying petroleum, any accident by vessel carrying petroleum, any
accident by explosion or fire as result of ignition of petroleum or its vapor causing injury to life or loss
of life or property, then such accident should be informed. Forth with
To the chief controller be telephone/fax and also by telegram.
Occupier should send letter giving particular of accidents within 24 hours
To the officer in-charge of nearest police station by quickest means of communication or
To the nearest magistrate if he inform nearest police station then information to the magistrate is not
mandatory.
If, in any case, any person is killed by accident then the magistrate should hold the enquiry, if he has a
reason to believe that the accident is cause by petroleum. Even if no loss of life is involved but there is
serious injury or loss of property magistrate can hold the inquiry. The result of such inquiry should be
submitted to the central Govt. state Govt. and chief controller of explosive.
If accidents takes place in any factory, which deals with petroleum, then in addition deals with
petroleum, then in additions to above-mentioned procedure following procedure need to be followed.
The petroleum rules, 2002
General provisions
Restriction on delivery and dispatch of petroleum
No person, shall deliver or dispatch any petroleum to anyone in india other than the holder of a storage
licence issued under these or his authorized agent or a port authority or railway administration or a
person who is authorized the Act of store petroleum without a licence.
The petroleum delivered or dispatched under sub – rules (1) shall be of class, and shall not exceed the
quantity, which the person to whom it is delivered or dispatched is authorized to store with or without a
licene under the Act.
Approval of containers:
Containers exceeding one liter in capacity for petroleum Class A and five liters in capacity for petroleum
class B or petroleum class C, shall be of type approved by the chief controller.
Containers for petroleum class A:
Containers for petroleum class A shall be constructed of tinned, galvanized or externally rust proofed
sheet iron or steel and be of a type approved by the chief controller.
Containers for petroleum class B and class C:
Containers for petroleum class B or petroleum class C shall be constructed of steel or iron and be of a
type approved by the chief controller.
An air space of not less than 5 percent of its capacity shall be kept in each container for petroleum class
B and not less than 3 percent of its capacity in each container for petroleum class C.
Empty receptacles: All empty tanks which had petroleum class A or petroleum class B and empty
containers which, had petroleum class A shall, except when they are opened for the purpose of filling
or cleaning and rendering them free form petroleum vapour, be kept securely closed until they have been
thoroughly cleaned and freed form petroleum vapour.
Transport on land by vehicles
Tank vehicles: every tank vehicle used for the transport of petroleum, in bulk on land shall be built,
tested and maintained in accordance with the requirement laid down in the third schedule and be of a
type approved in writing by the chief controller.
Tank capacity: The net carrying capacity of a tank shall be 97 percent of its gross carrying capacity in
the case of petroleum class A and petroleum class B and 98 percent, in the case of petroleum class C.
The net carrying capacity of a tank tuck or a tank semi – trailer shall not exceed 25 kilometers of
petroleum except that in case of air – craft refueller in which case in should not exceed 50 kilometers
and the net carrying capacity of any tank trailer should not exceed 5 kilometers of petroleum.
The maximum safe carrying capacity (in weight) of petroleum that can be carried in a tank vehicle shall
not exceed the difference between the unladen weight of the vehicle and the maximum gross weight
permitted for the class of vehicle under the appropriate transport regulations.
Storage of petroleum requiring licence
Precaution against fire:
No person shall smoke in any installation, storage shed or service stations save in places specifically
authorized by the licensing authority for the purpose.
No person shall carry matches, fuses or other appliances capable of producing ignition or explosion in
any installation or storage shed which is used for the storage of petroleum.
No fire, furnace or other source of heat or light capable of igniting inflammable vapour shall be allowed
in any installation, storage shed or service station save in places specially authorized by the licensing
authority for the purpose.
An adequate number of portable dry chemical powder or any other fire extinguisher capable of
extinguishing oil fires shall always be kept in every storage shed and small class B or C installations at
strategic points and all persons exployed at such locations shall be conversant with the use of such fire
extinguishers.
Marking of capacity of tanks
The capacity in liters/kilometers of every above ground tank in an installation shall be conspicuously
marked on the tank.
Constructions of tanks
Every tank or receptacle for the storage or petroleum in bulk other than a well – head tanks shall be
constructed of iron or steel in accordance with the codes or specification approved by the indian standard
institution or any other code or specifications approved in writing by the chief controller.
The height of a storage tank shall not exceed one and a half times its diameter or twenty – meters, which
ever is less. An air space of not less than five percent of the total capacity of the tank or the space
prescribed in the code or specification referred to in sub – rule (1), which ever is less shall be kept in
each tank.
License conditions
Petroleum class A shall be stored only:
In a storage shed constructed of suitable non – combustible materials, on private ground, the doors and
windows may be of wood; or
In a property ventilated iron bin of a design approved by the chief controller and placed on private
ground in the open air.
The storage shed shall be adequately ventilated near the ground level and also near the roof. The
ventilators shall be provided with two layers of non – corroding metal wire gauze having not less than
11 meshes per linear centimeter.
Distance to be observed around facilities in an installation where total quantity of petroleum class A
and petroleum class B stored above ground in bulk exceeds 5,000 kiloliters, or where the diameter of
any such tank for the storage of petroleum exceeds 9 meters:
‘D’ means diameter of large tank ‘d’ means diameter of small tank.
“x” means any distance suitable for operational convenience.
To Stora Stora Stora Loading/un Loading/un Flame Non – Offi
ge ge ge loading loading proof flamep ce Boundary/
tank tank tank area for area for pump roof build fencing
for for for class A or B class C pump ing around
From petrol petrol petrol other installation
eum eum eum servi
class class class ces
A B C dept.
Stora 0.5D 0.5D 6m 15m 15m 8m 15m 15m 20m

ge or d or or d or
tank 15m 15m
for
petrol
eum
class
A
Stora 0.5D 0.5D 6m 15m 15m 8m 15m 15m 20m
ge or d or or d or
tank 15m 15m
for
petrol
eum
class
B
Stora 6m 6m x 8m x X x 8m 4.5m
ge
tank
for
class
C
Classification –
1. In general where petroleum is refined, stored, blended, loaded or unloaded no electrical wiring or
apparatus is to be installed.
2. According to these rules hazardous aired is divided in to three categories
a) Zone “0” – Inflammable gases or vapours are expected to be continuously present.
b) Zone “1” – Inflammable gases or vapours are likely to be present in the area under normal operating
conditions.
c) Zone “2” – Inflammable gases or vapor are present only under abnormal operating conditions
rupture or failure of equipment.
Extent of such hazardous are is laid down in the IV schedule.
3. In “0” area, no electric apparatus should be used. If such apparatus cannot be completely excluded
then it should be intrinsically safe circuit. Approved by chief controller.
4. In “1” area, all the apparatus should be flame proof or intrinsically safe and approved by CCOE. If
industrial type apparatus are used then should be used in enclosure or cabin, which will always
remair, under positive pressure with any inert gas. In case of failure of this purging system, interlock
should be given to wom the person or automatic trip of electric system.
5. In “2” area, non-sparking apparatus of approved quality can be used.
6. Fixed electrical wiring –
a) All conductors should be so designed that they are laid as to prevent invasion of such circuit by
current arising form contact or electrostatic or electromagnetic induction.
b) All conductors should be protected against mechanical damages.
c) All conductors should be effectively sealed at all joints and mechanical protected.
d) All conductors should be supported through out its length.
e) Single or multi cored insulated cables accommodated in solid drawn heavy gauge screwed
galvanized condults used in conjunctions with approval flame proof feltings and condult should be
sealed at both ends and installed in such manners as to permit internal condensation to drain from
which it may be removed.
f) Approved metal-sheathed cable with correctly designed and installed terminations should be used.
Electrical pump –
1. Electrical supply of each electric pump in hazardous area should be separately protected by a fuse
or circuit brake set to operate when current in the circuit exceeds rated current.
2. Each supply of electric pump in hazardous area should be providing with individual switch at main
supply.
Earthing and bonding –
1. All electrical system, equipment structures, plant, not – current carrying metallic parts of major
electric apparatus or any place where petroleum is refined blended stored, or loaded or unloaded
shall be efficiently earthed. The resistance value of the system and general mass of the should not
be more than.
a) 4 Ohms – in case of the system, which ensures the operation of the protective device in the electrical
circuit.
b) 10 Ohms in case of all non current carrying metallic object.
2. All joints in pipelines valves, plants, storage tank and associated facilities and equipment for
petroleum should be made electrically continuous by bonding or otherwise the resistance vale
between each joint should not exceed 1 Ohms
3. A piping which is not in electrical, contact with the associated tank or varsed should be efficiently
connected to such tank or effectively earthed.
Cathodic protection –
1. Cathodic protection system should be installed in accordance with current recognized practice.
2. There should be no danger of sparking bodies in zone of protection.
3. The metallic structure or pipeline under cathodic protection should not be broken unless both the
ends of the intended brake should be connected by electrical bonds.
4. On electrified railways system all electric overhead lines should be ended outside the retainer or
installation.
Portable electric lamps –
1. Only portable electrical apparatus approved and tested by chief controller should be used for
specified applications.
2. No portable apparatus should be operated above 25volts. Provide chief controller may grant
permission up to 55volts in own discretion.
Repair and test work –
1. All electric apparatus and wiring in hazardous area should be so maintained as to retain characteristic
on which there approval were granted.
2. No frame proof or intrically safe apparatus should be opened and no work likely to impair the safety
characteristic of such apparatus or electric wiring connected there to should be carried out until all
the voltage has been out off from the said apparatus and wiring have been fully restored.
3. Wherever necessary all electrical system should be maid corrosion proof by effective means.
Certifications of electrical installation – Before engineering any electric circuit and any electric
apparatus in hazardous area for the first time and after each repair, maintenance or alteration work
carried out in such apparatus or circuit, a competent person should issue a certificate under his signature
to the effect that the system have the safety characteristic upon, which their use in such area has been
approved. Such certificate is to be produced on demand be inspector and should be preserved cop to six
months.
CHAPTER 10 GAS CYLINDER RULES, 1981

Definitions:
1. Act means the indian explosive act, 1884.
2. Chief controller means the chief controller of explosive, govt of india.
3. Competent person means a person recognized by the CC to be competent person, or a person who
holds a certificate of competency for the job in respect of which competency is required from an
institution recognized by the CC in this behalf.
4. Compressed gas means any permanent gas, liquefiable gas or gas dissolved in liquid under pressure
or gas mixture which in a close cylinder exercise a pressure either either exceeding 2.5kg/cm2 abs.
(1.5kg/cm2 gauge) at +15C. or a pressure exceeding 3kg/cm2 abs. (2kg/cm2gauge) at +50C or
both.
5. Critical temperature means the temperature above which gas cannot be liquefied by the application
of pressure alone.
6. Dissolved gas means a gas, which under pressure is dissolved in a fluid solvent appropriate to a
particular gas as for eg. Acetylene in acetone or ammonia in water.
7. Filling pressure means the maximum permissible gauge pressure, converted to +15C, at a which a
gas cylinder for permanent gas or gas dissolved under pressure can be filled.
8. Filling ratio means the ratio of the weight of liquefiable gas introduced in the cylinder to the weight
of water the cylinders will hold at +15C.
9. Gas cylinder or cylinder means any closed metal container intended for the storage and transport of
compressed gas, designed not to be fitted to a special transport or under – carriage and having a
volume exceeding 500 ml but not exceeding 1000 liters.
10. Hydrostatic stretch test means subjecting the cylinder and recording to a hydrostatic pressure equal
to the test pressure of the cylinder and recording the permanent stretch undergone by the cylinder.
11. Hydrostatic test means the test to which a cylinder is subject to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the
test pressure of the cylinder.
12. Water capacity means the volume of water in liters, a cylinder will hold at 15C.
General provisions:
A. Filling, possession import and transport of cylinders: No person shall fill any cylinder with any
compressed gas or import, possess or transport any cylinder so filled or intended to be filled with
such gas unless such cylinder and its valve have been constructed to a type and standard specified
in schedule I as amended form time to time by an order issued by the chief controller, the test and
inspection certificates issued by the inspecting authority in respected cylinder and its valve are made
available to the chief controller and prior approval of the said authority is obtained.
B. Valves:
1. Valves fitted to gas cylinders shall comply in all respect with the following specification namely:-
i. In respect of industrial gas cylinders, IS : 3224;
ii. In respect of medical gas cylinders, IS : 3745
iii. In respect of cylinders used with breathing apparatus, IS : 7302 amended from time to time
iv. In respect of cylinders used for fitting liquefied petroleum gas IS : 8776 for cylinders of water
capacity not exceeding 5 liters and IS : 8737 for cylinders of water capacity exceeding 5 liters.
2. Valve fitted to carbon dioxide cylinders shall be provided in the body with a safety release consisting
of softened copper disc so arranged as to burst at a pressure between 200 and 220kg/cm2.
3. Valves for cylinders containing flammable gases not listed in IS : 3224 shall have outlets provided
with left handed screw threads for the pipes or other connections.
4. All other valves shall have outlets with right handed screw threads.
5. The valves shall be attached to the cylinder neck by screwing and not by making any permanent
attached or inserting adapter in between.
6. The design of spindle operated valves shall be such that when fitted to the cylinders it shall not be
possible to withdraw the spindle under normal operating conditions.
C. Safety relief devices:
1. Cylinders manufacture in india, if fitted with safety relief devices in their bodies, shall have such
safety devices manufactured and maintained in accordance with IS : 5903
2. Cylinders containing obnoxious or poisonous gases shall not be provided with any safety device.
Explanation – for the purpose of this sub – rule, “obnoxious or poisonous gases” include carbon
monoxide, hydrocyanic acid, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, hydrogen fluoride, sulphur
dioxide, chlorine, methyl bromide, nitrogen tetroxide, nitrosyl chloride, town gas, hydrogen
sulphide, carbonyl chloride (phosgene), cynogen, cynogen chloride, fluorine and carbon ox chloride.
D. Marking of cylinders – (A) marking generally:
Every gas cylinder shall be clearly and permanently marked in accordance with the following conditions
by stamping, engraving or similar processes:
1. On the shoulder of the cylinder which shall be enforced by forging or other means, or
2. On such a party which is inseparably bound with the cylinder and which is not or only negligibly
effected by the stresses due to the gas pressure within it.
E. Marking on permanent and liquefiable gas cylinders: Every cylinder shall be marked with the
following markings, namely:-
1. Manufacturers owners and inspectors marking and rotation number, (these markings shall be
registered with the chief controller)
2. Specification to which the cylinder has been made;
3. A symbol to indicate the nature of heat treatment (such as normalizing, quenching or tempering)
given to the cylinder during manufacture or after repairs
4. The date of last hydrostatic test or hydrostatic stretch test, as the case may be, with the code mark of
recognized testing station where the test was carried out. The code mark shall be registered with the
chief controller. In the case of liquefied petroleum gas cylinders, the quarter and the year of test shall
be given as an additional marking in a neck ring or on a shoulder, plate
5. Working pressure and test pressures.
6. Tare weight explanation – in the case of liquefiable gas cylinders tare weight shall include the weight
of valve fitted to the cylinder
7. Water capacity
All the markings, except the manufactures marking, which may be on the base, shall be stamped on the
neck end of the cylinder.
F. Markings of valve: Valves fitted to the cylinder shall be clearly and durably marked in accordance
with the following provisions by stamping, engraving or similar processes:
1. The specification of the valves
2. Year and quarter of manufacture
3. Manufacturers symbol
4. Working pressure
5. The name or chemical symbol of the gas for which the valves is to be used
6. The type of screw threads on the outlet, namely left handed (L.H.) or right handed (R.H.)
7. Inspector’s stamp
8. Where dlp tubes are provided. Special indications shall be given by a clear and durable marking on
the valve or on a badge fixes between the valve and the cylinder. The total length in mm. of the tube
shall also be indicated.
G. Identification colours – every person filling any cylinder with any compressed gas shall, before it
is stored or dispatched, see that the cylinder is painted with the appropriate identification colours
specified in IS : 4379 for industrial cylinders and IS;3933 for medical cylinders.
Cylinders used for new gases and gas mixture for which identification colours are not provided in sub –
rule (1) shall be painted with the colours indicated in the following table, namely:
Name of the gas contained in Colours of the cylinder shell Colours of band at neck end of
the cylinder cylinder
(1) (2) (3)
Non – flammable and non – White ---
toxic
Non – flammable but toxic White Yellow (IS standard colour
no.356)
Flammable but non – toxic White Red (IS standard colour
other than the LPG No.537)
Flammable and toxic White Red and Yellow (IS standard
colour No. 537 and 356)
H. Labelling of cylinders –
1. Every cylinder shall be labeled with the name of the gas and the name and address of the person by
whom the cylinder was filled with gas.
2. A warning in the following terms shall be attached to every cylinder containing permanent or
liquefiable gas, namely –
“Warning”
Gas cylinders rules 1981
1. Do not change the colour of this cylinder.
2. This cylinder should not be filled with any gas other than the one it now contains.
3. No flammable material should be stored in the immediate vicinity of this cylinder or in the same
room in which it is kept.
4. No oil or similar lubricant should be used on the valves or other fittings of this cylinder.
5. Please look for the next date of test, which is marked on metal ring inserted between the valve and
the neck of the cylinder, and if this date is over, do not accept the cylinder.
I. Prohibition of smoking, fires lights and dangerous substances – (1) No person shall smoke and
no fires, other blow pipe flames for repairs, or no articles or substances of flammable nature or liable
to spontaneous ignition or to cause or communicate fire or explosion shall be allowed at any time in
proximity to place where any cylinder for flammable gases is being filled stored or handled. (2) No
person in or near any place where cylinders containing flammable gases are filled, stored or handled
shall have in his possession any matches, fuses or other appliances for producing ignition or
explosion.
J. Handling and use – (1) Cylinders shall be adequately supported during handling. (2) Trolleys and
cradles of adequate strength shall, as far as possible, be used when moving the cylinders. (3) The
cylinders shall be handled carefully and not be allowed to fall upon one another or otherwise
subjected to any undue shock. (4) Siding, dropping or playing with cylinders is prohibited. (5)
Liquefied petroleum gas cylinders and cylinders containing liquefiable gases shall always be kept in
and upright position and shall be so placed that they cannot be knocked over. (6) Cylinders used in
horizontal position shall be so secured that they cannot roll. (7) Open flames, lighting of fires,
welding and smoking shall be prohibited in close proximity to any cylinder containing flammable
gases except those whole in use for welding, cutting, or heating. (8) Working places shall not be
classified as storage places for the purpose of licensing.
K. Restrictions on filling – (1) Welded cylinders shall not be used for filling any permanent or high
pressure liquefiable gas or highly toxic gases like Boron trichloride, Carbonyl Chloride (Phosgene),
Chlorine trifluoride, cynoger, cynogen chloride, Hydrogen Cynide, (1) Hydrogen sulphide. (2) No
cylinder which has once been used for storage and transportation of coal gas shall be used for filling
with any other gas. (3) No cylinder shall be filied with any gas that is capable of combining
chemically so as to endanger its serviceability.
L. Storage of cylinders – (1) Cylinders shall be stored in a cool, dry, well ventilated place under cover,
away from boilers, open flames, steam pipes or any potential sources of heat and such place of
storage shall be easily accessible. (2) The storage room or shed shall be of fire resistance
construction. (3) Thin wall cylinders such as liquefied petroleum gas cylinders and dissolved gas
cylinders shall not be stacked in a horizontal position. (4) Cylinders containing flammable gases by
an adequate distance or by a suitable partition wall. (5) Cylinders shall not be stored under
conditions, which will cause them to corrode. (6) Cylinders shall not be stored along with any
combustible material. (7) Empty cylinders shall be segregated form the filled ones and care shall be
taken that all the valves are tightly shut.
M. Electrical installations – In premise for filling and storing flammable gases in cylinders all electric
meters, distribution boards, switches, fuses, plugs and sockets, electric fixed lamps, portable hand
lamps and motors, shall be of flame proof construction conforming to appropriate indian standard
specifications or such other specifications as are approved by the chief controller and shall be
effectively earth.
N. Re – testing of cylinder – A cylinder for which proscribed periodical re-test has become due shall
not be charged and transported until such re – test has been property made.
CHAPTER 11 STATIC AND MOBILE PRESSURE VESSELS (UNFIRED)

RULES, 1981
Definitions:
1. “Act” means the indian explosives act, 1884 (4 of 1884);
2. “Competent person” means a person or an organization recognized by the chief controller, for such
gases and for such period as may be specified as competent for carrying out tests, examination,
inspection and certification for installtions and transport vehicles as stipulated in these rules, if sucha
person or organization possesses the qualifications, experience and other requirements as set out in
appendix – II to these rules and is recognized as per procedure laid down in rule 11A:
3. “Filling density” means the ratio of weight of liquefiable gas allowed in a pressure vessel to the
weight of water that the vessel will hold at 15C.
4. “Pressure vessel” means any closed metal container of whatever shape, intended for the storage and
transport of any compressed gas which is subjected to internal pressure and whose water capacity
exceeds one thousand liters and includes inter connecting parts and components there of up to the
first point of connection to the connected piping and fittings but does not include containers where
in steam or other vapor is or intended to be generated, or water or other liquid is or is intended to be
heated by the application of fire or the products of combustion or by electrical means, heat
exchangers, evaporators, air receivers, steam – type digestors, steam – type sterilizers, autoclave,
reactors clarifiers, pressure piping components such as separators or strainers and vessels containing
a liquid under a blanket of compressed inert gas.
5. “Safety relief device” means an automatic pressure relieving device actuated by the pressure
upstream of the valve and characterized by fully opened pop action, intended to prevent the rupture
of pressure vessel under certain conditions of exposure.
6. “Water capacity” means capacity in litres of the pressure vessel when completely filled with water
at 15C.
Restriction on filling and manufacture – (1) No person shall fill any compressed gas in vessel or
transport any vessel or transport any vessel filled with any compressed gas unless such vessel has been
manufactured in accordance with a type or standard or code duly approved by the chief controller.
Repairs to pressure vessels – (1) No person shall carry out any repairs, additions or alterations to any
vessel unless, the proposed repairs, additions or alternations and the method of execution have been
approved by the chief controller. Any such repairs additions or alternations approved by the chief
controller shall be carried out in the manner and by practices acceptable under the design code referred
to in rule 12.
Prohibition of smoking, fires, lights, etc. – No person shall smoke and no matches, fires, lights or articles
or substance, capable of causing ignition of any flammable gas shall be allowed, at any time in proximity
to a place where any compressed gas is stored, handled or transported in vessel.
Constructions and fitments of pressure vessels
1. Design code – Vessels shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the indian
standard 2825 as amended from time to time or such other standard or code approved by the chief
controller.
2. Marking in pressure vessels – Every vessel shall have a metal plate permanently fixed to it showing
particulars which shall be visible from the ground level, namely:
a. Manufactures name and identification marks;
b. The standard or code to which the vessel is constructed
c. Official stamp of the inspector;
d. Design pressure in kg/cm2
e. Date of initial hydrostatic test and the subsequent test

f. Hydrostatic test pressure in kg/cm2;
g. Water capacity in liters;
h. Gas capacity, if filled with liquefiable gas and
i. Name of chemical symbol of the gas for which the vessel is to be used.
3. Painting of vessels – Vessels shall be adequately painted externally to prevent corrosion and shall
have a reflecting surface.
4. Fittings –
1. General –
a. Fittings – Each vessel shall be provided with each of the following fittings all of which should be
suitable for use with the gas at pressures not less than the design pressure of the vessel to which they
are fitted and for temperature appropriate to the characteristics of the gas and operating conditions,
namely:-
 Pressure relief valve connected to the vapour space;
 Drains;
 Contents gauge or maximum level indicator;
 Pressure gauge connected to the vapour space;
 Means of measuring the temperature of the contents of the vessel;
b. Vessel connection – Connections of vessels shall be designed and attached to the vessel in
accordance with the design code referred to in rule 12.
2. Pressure relief –
a. Every vessel shall be provided with two or more pressure relieving devices in accordance with the
provision of the design code referred to in rule 12;
b. The relief valves shall be spring loaded and shall be set – to – discharge and reach full flow
conditions is required by the design code referred to in rule 12;
c. Weight loaded relief valves shall not be permitted;
d. The relief valves be so designed that they cannot be inadvertently loaded beyond the set pressure;
e. The design of the valves shall be such that the breakage of any part will not obstruct free discharge
of the liquid under pressure.
f. Safety relief valves on any vessel shall be set to start – to – discharge at a pressure not in excess of
110 percent of the design pressure of the vessel and shall have a total relieving capacity sufficient
prevent the maximum pressure in the vessel of more than 120 percent of the design pressure.
g. Each safety relief valve shall be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure in kg/cm2 at
which is set to discharge, with the actual rate of the discharge of the device in cubic meters per
minute of the gas at 15C and at atmospheric pressure, and with the manufacturer name. The rated
discharge capacity of the device shall be determined at a pressure of 120 percent of the design
pressure of the vessel.
h. Connections of the safety relief devices shall be of sufficient size to provide that required rate of
discharge through the safety relief valves.
i. Safety relief valves shall be so arranged that the possibility of tampering is minimized and if the
pressure setting or adjustment is external the safety relief valve shall be provided with suitable means
of sealing adjustment.
j. Each safety relief valve shall be provided with shut – off valve between it and the vessel. The
arrangement of the shut – off valve installed between the safety relief valve and the vessel shall be
so designed as to afford full-required capacity flow through at least one the safety relief valves.
k. Safety relief valves shall have direct communication with the vapour space of the vessel.
l. For vessels other than those mounted on the vehicles of over 4500 liters water capacity, relief valves
shall be fitted with extended vent pipes adequately supported and having outlets at least 2 meters
above the top of the vessel and at least 3.5 meters above the ground level and the vent pipes shall be
tested by a competent person for correct operation not less than once in a year and a record of such
test shall be maintained. The test certificate shall be issued in the prescribed proforma.
3. Shut – off and emergency shut – off valves:
a. All liquid and vapour connections on vessels, except those for relief valves plugged openings, and
those where the connection is not greater than 1.4mm diameter opening, shall have. Shut – off valves
located as close to the vessels as practicable.
b. All liquid and vapour connections on vessels, except those for relief valves, and drainage
connections of small diameter, shall have an emergency shut off valve, such as, an excess flow valve,
an automatically operated valve or a remotely controlled valve. The emergency shut – off valve
referred to in clause (i) unless the emergency shut – off valve is a remotely controlled valve which
can be operated from a safe area and shall be of a type which shall not fail:
Provided that no emergency shut – off valves are necessary where the connection to a vessel is
restricted to not greater than 3mm diameter for liquid and 8mm diameter for vapour.
c. Where the emergency shut – off valve is f the excess flow type, its closing rate of flow shall be
below the rate, which is likely to result from a fracture of the line it is protecting, calculated under
the most adverse weather conditions, likely to be experienced. Excess – flow valve shall have a rated
flow capacity sufficiently above normal flow requirements to prevent valve chatter.
4. Liquid level gauging device:
a. A vessel used for liquefiable gas or dissolved gas shall be equipped with a liquid level gauging
device to afford ready determination of the amount of liquid in the vessel at any time.
b. All liquid level indicators shall be suitable for operation at the design pressure of the vessel.
c. Every vessel shall, in addition, be equipped with a fixed maximum level – indicating device
depending upon the liquefiable gas or dissolved gas filled in the vessel.
d. Gauging devices that require bleeding of the contents of the vessel such as a rotary tube, fixed tube
and slip tube shall be designed in such a manner that the same cannot be completely withdrawn in
normal gauging operations.
e. Pressure gauge: Every vessel shall be provided with at least one pressure gauge.
Storage
1. General –
a. All vessels meant for storage of compressed gas shall be installed entirely above – ground, that is to
say, no part of the vessel shall be buried below, the ground level.
b. Vessels and first stage regulating equipment shall be located in the open.
c. Vessels shall not be installed one above the other.
d. Vessels within a group shall be so located that there longitudinal axes are parallel to each other.
e. No vessel shall be located within the bounded area of petroleum or other flammable liquid storages.
f. Sufficient space shall be provided between two vessels to permit firefighting operations.
g. Two or more vessels installed in batteries shall be so installed that the top surface of the vessels are
on the same plane.
h. Vessels installed with their dished ends facing each other shall have screen walls in between them.
i. Notwithstanding anything contained in sub – rules (1) to (8) above, vessels for storage of liquefied
petroleum gas can be placed underground or covered by earth in such manner and subject to such
conditions as may be specified by earth in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be
specified by a notifications by the central government.
2. Location of pressure vessels – Each vessel shall be located with respect to the nearest building or
group of buildings or line of adjoining property which may be built on and with respect to other
vessels in accordance with the distances specified in the tables below:
Table 1
Minimum safety distance for flammable, corrosive and toxic gases

Sl. Water capacity of vessels Minimum distance form Minimum distance
No (in liters) building or group of between pressure vessels
buildings or line of
adjoining property
a) Not above 2000 5 meters 1 meter
b) Above 2000 but not above 10 meters 1 meter
10000
c) Above 10000 but not above 15 meters 1.5 meters
20000
d) Above 20000 but not above 20 meters 2 meters
40000
e) Above 40000 30 meters 2 meters
Table 2
Minimum safety distance for non – toxic gases
S1. Water capacity of vessels Minimum distance from Minimum distance
No (in liters) building or group of between pressure vessels
buildings or line of
adjoining property
a) Not above 2000 3 meters 1 meter
b) Above 2000 but not above 5 meters 1.5 meters
10000
c) Above 10000 but not above 10 meters 2 meters
20000
d) Above 20000 15 meters Diameter of larger vessel
3. Foundations for pressure vessels – The materials, principles, methods and details of design and
construction of foundations and supports of vessels shall comply with approved specifications,
standards or codes.
4. Fencing – The area where vessels pumping equipment, loading and unloading facilities and direct
vaporizers are provided shall be enclosed by industrial type fence at least 2 meters high along the
perimeter of the safety zone. Every fence shall have at least two means of exit and the gates of such
exits shall be open outwards and shall not be self – locking.
5. Ear thing – all vessels used for storage of flammable liquefiable gases shall be electrically
connected with the earth in an efficient manner. Pipelines conveying flammable liquids shall be
adequately prepared for electrical continuity and connected with the earth in an efficient manner.
6. Electrical apparatus and installations – (1) No electrical wire shall pass over any storage vessel.
(2) All electrical wires installed within the safety zone or any storage vessel for the storage of
flammable compressed gases shall consist of insulated cables of approved type. The cables shall be
mechanically continuous throughout and effectively earthed away from the vessels. (3) For pumps
rooms used for pumping flammable compressed gases: (a) all electrical meters, distribution boards,
switches, fuses, plugs and sockets shall be of flameproof construction complying with the
requirements of IS:2148:1968 and the frames shall be effectively earthed; (b) all electrical fixed
lamps shall be enclosed in a well glass flameproof fitting conforming to IS:2206 (Part I) 1962. (4)
All electrical portable hand lamps shall be of a type approved by the chief controller.
7. Lighting of storage and opening areas – Operations shall not be carried out during the night the
unless adequate artificial lightings of approved type are available and used.
CHAPTER 12 DOCK WORKERS (SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE)

REGULATION, 1990
Schedule II
Classification of Dangerous Goods
(Regulation 76)
Class 1 Explosives
Class 2 Gases: compressed, liquefied and dissolved under pressure
Class 3 Inflammable liquids.
Class4.1 Inflammable solids.
Class4.2 Inflammable solids, or substances, liable to spontaneous combustion
Class 4.3 Inflammable solids, or substances, which in contact with water emit flammable gases
Class 5.1 Oxidizing substances.
Class5.2 Organic peroxides.
Class 6.1 poisonous (toxic) substances.
Class 6.2 Infectious substances.
Class7 Radioactive substances.
Class8 Corrosives
Class9 Miscellaneous dangerous substances.
Dangerous substances belonging to class 9 above include any such substances which cannot be referred
to any other class but which experience has shown to be so dangerous that these regulations shall apply
to it.
SCHEDULE III
Rules relating to the appointment of Safety Officers
(Regulation 93)
1. Number of Safety Officers:
Within six month of coming into operation of these Regulations every port Authority, Dock Labour
Board and every other employer shall appoint safety Officers, as laid down in the scale given below.
1) Upto 2000 dock workers –One Safety Officer
2) Upto 5000 dock workers- Two Safety Officer
3) Upto 10000 dock workers - Three Safety Officers.
4) For every additional five thousand dock workers or part there of – One Safety Officer.
Any appointment, when made shall be notified to the inspector giving full details of the qualifications
and terms and conditions of service.
2. Qualification:-
a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Safety Officer unless he:
i. Possesses a recognized degree in any branch of engineering or technology any hand practical
experience of working in a port or similar place in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less
than two years: or possesses a recognized degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical
experience of working a port or similar place in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than
five years; and
ii. Possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognized by the Central Government in this
behalf: and
iii. Has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the workers in the port in which he
is to be appointed.
b) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Cl.(a),any person who:
i. Possesses a recognized degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of
not less than five years in a department of the Central Government which deals with the
administration of the Indian Dock Laborers Act, 1934 and or the Dock Workers (safety, Health and
Welfare) Act, 1986.
ii. Possesses a recognized degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of
not less than five years, full time, or training, education, consultancy, or research in the field of
accident prevention in industry or in any port or any institution; shall also be eligible for
appointment as a Safety Officer in industry or any institution for a period of not less than three years
on the date of commencement of these regulations, the Chief Inspector may, subject to such
conditions as he may specify, relax all or any of the above said qualifications.
3. Conditions of service
a) Where the number of Safety Officers appointed exceeds one, one of them shall be designed as the
Chief Safety Officer and shall have a status higher than that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer
shall be in overall charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub- clause (4) as also the other
Safety Officers working under his control.
b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer where only one Safety Officer is appointed, shall be
given the status of a senior executive and he shall work directly under the control of his Chief
Executive. All other Safety Officer shall be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge
their functions effectively.
c) The scale of pay and the allowances to be granted to the Safety Officers including the Chief Safety
Officer, and the other conditions of their service shall be the same as those of the other officers of
corresponding status in the port, Dock Lobour Board or firm as case may be.
4. Duties of safety Officer:-
(a) The duties of a Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist the management in the fulfillment of its
obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a
safe working environment. These duties shall include the following, namely-
i. To advise the concerned departments in planning and organizing measures necessary for the
effective control of personal injuries;
ii. To advise on safety aspects in all dock work, and to carry out detailed job safety studies of selected
dock work;
iii. To check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken or propose to be taken to prevent personal
injuries.
iv. To advise the purchasing and store department in ensuring high quality and availability of personal
protective equipment.
v. To carry out safety inspections of dock work in order to observe the physical conditions of work and
the work practices and procedures followed by workers and to render advice on measures to be
adopted for removing the unsafe physical conditions and preventing actions by workers;
vi. To investigate all fatal and other selected accidents.
(i) Wire ropes: In the case of wire ropes a sample shall be tested to destruction. The test procedure
shall be in accordance with international or recognized national standards. The safe working load of the
rope is to be determined by dividing the load at which the sample broke by a co-efficient of utilization
determined as follows.
Item Co-efficient of utilization

(a) Wire rope forming part of sling SWL of the sling
SWL upto and equal to 10 tonnes………. 5
Co-efficient of utilization
SWL above to tones and up and equal to 160 104
Tones………… ----------------------------------------
----------
(8.85XSWL) +1910
SWL above 160 3

tonnes………………………………..
(b) Wire rope as intergral part of a lifting
Appliances:
SWL of the lifting appliances
SWL upto and equal to 160 tonnes 104
-----------------------------------------------------
----------
(8.85XSWL)+1910
SWL above 160 tonnes………………….. 3
(j) Before any test is carried out, visual inspection of the lifting appliance, or loose gear involved shall
be conducted and any visible defective gear shall be replaced or renewed
(k) After being tested all the loose gears shall be examined to see whether any part have been injured or
permanently deformed by the test.
PROCEDURE FOR TESTING
(3) Ship's derricks:
a) A derrick shall be tested with its boom at the minimum angle to the horizontal for which the derrick
is designed (generally 15 degrees) or at such grater angle as may be agreed. The angle at which the
test has been carried out shall be mentioned in the test certificate. The test load shall be applied by
hoisting moveable weights. During the test the boom shall be swung with the test load as far as
practicable in both directions.
b) A derrick boom designed to be raised with power with the load suspended shall in addition to the
above tests at (a) be raised (with the load suspended) to its maximum working angle to the horizontal
and the two outermost positions.
c) While test loading of a heavy lift derrick, the competent person responsible for test using moveable
weights shall ascertain from the Master that the ship's stability will be adequate for the test.
(4) The derricks tested under CL (3) shall not be used in union purchase rig unless.
a) the derricks rigged in union purchase are tested with the test load appropriate to the SWL in union
purchase (at the designed headroom and with the derrick booms in their approved working
positions);
b) the safe working load of that derrick in union purchase rig has also been specified by a competent
person in a report form II;
c) any limitations or conditions specified in the said report are complied with ;and
d) The two hoist ropes are copied together by a suitable swivel assembly.
Note – The safe working loads of derricks (for each method of rig including union purchase) shall be
shown on the Certificate of test and marked on the derrick booms.
(5) Lifting appliance other than ship's derricks and winches:
a) The test load shall be lifted and swung as far as possible in both directions. If the jib or boom of the
crane has a variable radius, it shall be tested with test loads at the maximum and minimum radial. In
case of hydraulic cranes, when owing to the limitation of pressure it is impossible to lift a test load
in accordance with table under paragraph (1) it will be sufficient to lift greatest possible load which
shall be more than safe working load.
b) The test shall be performed at maximum minimum and intermediate radius point as well as such
points in the arc of rotation as the competent person may decide. The test shall consist of hoisting,
lowering, breaking and swinging through all positions and operations normally performed. An
additional test shall be made by operating the machinery at maximum working speed with the SWL
suspended.
(6) Use of spring or hydraulic balances, etc., for test loading:
All test normally shall be carried on with the help of dead weights. Test loading of gear on new ships
shall always be with dead weights. In case periodical test, replacements or renewals, test load may be
applied by means of a suitable spring or hydraulic balance. In such case, test load shall be applied with
the boom as far out as practicable in both directions. The test shall not be taken as satisfactory unless
the balance has been certified for accuracy by the competent authority within 2.0 per cent and the point
of the machine has remained constant at the test load for a period pf at least 5 minutes.
(7) Testing machines and dad weights:
a. A suitable testing machine shall be used for testing of chains, wire ropes and other cargo gear.
b. Testing machines and balances to be used in test loading, testing and checking shall not be used
unless they have been certified for accuracy at least once in the preceding 12 months by the
competent authority.
c. Moveable weights used for the test loading of the lifting appliances having safe working load not
exceeding 20 tonnes shall be checked for accuracy by means of suitable sleighing machine of
certified accuracy.
(8) Thorough examination after testing or test loading.
1) After being tested or test loaded, every lifting appliance and associated gear shall be thoroughly
examined to see that no part has been damaged or permanently deformed during the test. For the
purpose, the lifting appliance of gear shall be dismantled to the extent considered necessary by the
competent person.
2) The medical service shall collaborate with the labour department or any other concerned department
or service of the port in matters of treatment, job placement accident, prevention and welfare of dock
workers.
3) The medical service shall be headed by a doctor specialized in occupational health and shall be
provided with adequate staff, laboratory and other personal.
4) The medical service shall be located at ground level, be conveniently accessible from all workplaces
of the port or dock, be so designed as to allow stretcher cases to be handled easily and so far as
practicable, shall not be exposed to excessive noise, dust or other nuisance.
5) The premises of the medical service shall comprise at least a waiting room, a consulting room a
treatment room and laboratory, apart from suitable accommodation for nurses and other personnel.
6) Room for waiting , consultation and treatment shall;
a) be spacious, suitably lighted and ventilated and wherever necessary heated or air cooled; and
b) Have washable walls, floor and fixtures.
7) The medical service shall be provided with appropriate medical and laboratory, facilities and such
documentation as it may require for its work.
8) The medical service shall keep and maintain records pertaining to medical examination of dock
workers and other activities and shall provide adequate information on-
a) The dock workers state of health: and
b) The nature, circumstances and outcome of occupational injuries.
The employer's general obligations:
1) The employer shall take all necessary steps, which considering the kind of work, working conditions
and the workers age, sex, professional skill and other qualifications, and reasonably necessary for
protecting the worker from being exposed to risks of accidents or injury to health at work.
2) The employer shall make sure that the work place, its approaches and means of access conform to
these regulations and are also otherwise in a safe condition-
3) The employed shall take into account the workers training skill and experience when workers are
set to work. A worker shall not be assigned a work for which he has not received sufficient
instructions regarding possible degrading and precautions in the work, taking into account his
training, skill and experience.
General safety: No employer or dock worker shall negligently or willfully do anything likely to
endanger life, safety and health of dock workers or negligently or willfully omit to do anything necessary
for the safety and health for the dock worker employed in dock won .
Repeal and Saving: The Indian Dock Laborers Regulations, 1948 and Dock Workers (Safety, Health
and Welfare) scheme, 1961 are hereby repealed.
Provided that any action taken order issued under the said Regulations is the Scheme, shall as the case
may be in so far as it is not inconsistent with regulations, be deemed to have been taken or issued under
the corresponding provisions of these regulations.
SCHEDULE I
[See regulations 41 (1), 47 (1) and 48 (1)]
Manner of test and examination before taking lifting appliance, loose gear and wire rope into use for the
first time. Test Loads:
1) Lifting Appliances:
Every lifting appliance with its accessory gear, shall be subjected to a test load which shall exceed the
safe working load
(SWL) as follows:-
Safe Working load Test load
Upto 20 tonnes 25per cent in excess of SUL
20 to 50 tonnes 5 tonnes in excess of SWL
Over 50 tonnes 10 per cent in excess of SWL

2) Loose gear:
a) Every ring, hock, chain, shackle, swivel, eyebolt, plate clamp, triangular plate or pulley block
(except single sheave block) shall be subjected to a test load which shall not be less than the
following:
SwL (In tones) Tast Load (in tones)
Upto 25 2 x safe working load
Above 25 (1.22 X SWL )+20
b) In the case of a single sheave block, the SWL shall be the maximum load which can safely be lifted
by the block when suspended by its head fitting and the load is attached to a rope which passes
around the sheave of the block and a test load not less than four times the proposed safe working
load shall be applied to the head of the block.
c) In the case of a multi sheave block the test load shall not be less than the following:
SWL (In tones) Test load (In tones)
Upto 25 2 x SWL
25 to 160 (0.9933 X swl) + 27
Above 160 1.1xSWL
d) In the case of hand-operated pulley blocks used with pitched chains and rings, hooks, shackles or
swivels permanently attached thereto, a test load not less than 50 per cent in excess of the working
load shall be applied.
e) In the case of a pulley block fitted with bucket, the bucket shall be tested and the load applied to the
bucket when testing that block will be accepted as test loading of the bucket.
f) In the case of a sling having two legs, the safe working load shall be calculated when the angle
between the legs is 900 in case of multi-legged slings the safe working load shall be calculated as
per national standards;
g) Every lifting beam, lifting frame, contained spreader, bucket tub, or other similar devices shall be
subjected to a test load which shall not be less than that given in table below
Proposed safe Working Test Load
Load (In tones) (in tines)
Upto 10 2 x SWL
10 to 160 (1.04 X SWL) +9.6
Above 150 1.1 x SWL
Never place a shackle pin with bait.
The safe working load of any shackle securing a block is to be not less than the SWL market on the
block.
Inspection of Shackles:
Visual inspection may be carried out to check the following:
i. Wear in the underlying area of the crown which is constantly subjected to abrasion.
ii. Wear in the top area of the pin which is subjected to abrasion.
iii. The straightness of the pin and condition of the threads whereby it can be fully screwed in
iv. The opening up of the jaws and generals condition of the entire shackle,
v. Whether round pin shackles are provided with cotter pins as required
vi. Snakiest worn out in the crown or pin by more than 10% of the original diameter should be
destroyed.
Inspection of Blocks:
Inspection to be carried cut to check the following
Swivel Head Fittings
Binding:
Sheaves:
Axle Pins;
Lubrication:
Painting:
Safe working load and identification marks should be clearly visible. Safe working load of blocks used
should be appropriate to the rigging requirement.
LOOSE GEAR
DEFINITION:
"Loose gear" means hook, shackles, swivel, pulley block chain and lifting device such as sling, lifting
beam, container spreader, grab, tray, magnet, etc. and any other such gear by means of which the load
can be attached to the lifting appliance and which does not form an integral part of the lifting appliance.
DIFFERENT TYPES OF 'LOOSE GEAR' ARE:
1. Fiber rope sling.
2. Wire rope sling.
3. Chain sling
4. Hook, Sheave, block, shackle, swivel, eyebolt, plate, clamp, Triangular plate
5. Grab and Bucket, tub.
6. Spreader and lifting beam,
7. Magnet.
TESTING OF L.A.& L.G. INCLUDING CONTAINER SPREADER
TYPES OF LIFTING APPLIAMCES USED IN DOCK WORK.
 SHIP'S DERRICK
 SHIP'S CRANE
 ELECTRICA WHARE CHAINE
 MOBILE RANE
 PORTRAINER
STATUTORY PROVISIONS (REF 41 (1) AND 41 (2)
A. INITIAL TESTING
B. PERIODICAL TESTING
TEST PROVEDURE
LIFTING APPLIANCE:
S.W.L Test Load
Up to 20 tonnes 25% in excess of SWL

20 to 50 tonnes 5 tonnes in excess of
Over 50 tonnes 10% in excess of SWL
CHAPTER 13 THE BUILDING & OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORKERS

This is social welfare legislation and by enacting this Government has tried to ensure social justice for
unorganized workers this act extends to whole of India and applies to every establishment which
employees or had employed on any day of the preceding twelve months ten or more building workers
in any building or other construction work This Act does no applied to the workers under the factories
Act 1948 or the mines Act 1952
The definition of building or other construction work is exhaustive and includes construction alteration
repairs maintenance or demolition of or in relation to building streets roads railways tramways airfield,
irrigation drainage impartment navigation work flood control work storm water, drainage generation
transmission and distribution of power water works oil and gas installation electric lines wireless radio
television telegraph and over sea communication dam channels reservoirs water courses tunnels bridge
viaducts aqua duct pipelines towers cooling towers and such other work as appropriate government may
declare by notification but does not includes and work which is covered under the mines Act.1952 or
the factories Act.
Here we need to understand who are the building and other construction workers. Worker here means a
person who is employed to do and skilled semi- skilled, manual, supervisory, technical or clerical work.
For hire or reware, whether the terms of employment are expressed or implied in connection with any
building or other construction work but does not include.
a) Who is mainly employed mainly in a managerial or administrative capacity or
b) Who being employed in supervisory category draw wages exceeding 1600 Rs. Per Exercise, Who
by reason of power vested in him function mainly in managerial nature.
Employer means the owner of the establishment and includes
a) Department of Govt – Without contractor – The employer is the authority specified head of the
department.
b) Local Authority-Without contractor- The executive officer is the employer.
c) Contractor or supplied workers by contractor –Contractor himself.
Chapter - II
The advisory committees and expert committees.
A. Central advice committee – Central Govt. should constitute this committees as soon as may be
possible to advice central Govt. on matters arising out of this Act. The terms of officer and condition
of services are such as may be prescribed.
1. Chairperson to be appointed by central Govt.
2. Two members from council of state.
3. One member from council of state
4. Director General
5. Such other members not exceeding 13 but not less than 9 to represent the employers building workers
association of architects, engineer’s accident insurance institution and other interested person as
central Govt. maybe think fit.
B. State advisory committee- state Govt. should constitute this committee as soon as may be possible
to advise state govt on matters anting out of this Act the terms of office and condition of services
are such as may be prescribed.
Composition of the committee-
1. Chairperson to be appointed by state govt.
2. Two members from State legislature.
3. A member to be nominated by central Govt.
4. The Chief inspector.
5. Such members, not exceeding 11 but not less than 7 as the state Govt. may appoint represent the
interested of employers, building workers, architects, engineers accident insurance institution and
some other interest Representation of the workers should not be less than the presentation of
employers.
C. Expert Committee – the appropriate Govt. may constitute one or more expert committees
consisting of person specially qualified in building or other construction works. And they will be
paid fees and allowance for attending the meetings of the committee but they will not be paid such
fees if they are officers of Govt.or Body corporate.
Chapter III
Registration of Establishments
A. Registration officer – The appropriate Govt. may by notification appoint Gazette officer as
registering officer for the purpose of this Act. The Govt.may define the limits in which registering
officer should exercise powers.
B. Registration of Establishment –
1. The employer should register establishment, to this Act applies within 60days from commencement
or for establishment if this Act becomes application after such commencement
2. An application should be in prescribed form, with prescribed fees.
3. After receipt of application registering officer should issue certificate in prescribed form. For
prescribed period and specified conditions.
C. Revocation of registration –
1. If registration of establishment, is obtained by misrepresentation or suppression of fact.
2. Provision of this Act is not complied.
3. For such other reason registration becomes ineffective, registration is liable to be revoked. Any
person aggrieved by an order of revocation may prefer an appeal to appleate authority within thirty
days from the date of order.Such appleate authority may confirm reverse or modify the order.
D. Effect of non-registration-Effect of non – registration, or revocation of registration of registration
or appeal is dismissed, is that the employer could not employ building worker in the establishment.
Chapter IV
Registration of building Worker as beneficiaries – Every building worker who has complete his 18
years of service but not complete his 60years and who has been engaged in any building construction or
other work for not less than 90 days during the preceding 12 month is liable to be register as beneficiary
of the fund under the Act Such worker is entitled to get identify card, His registration ceases when he
attains his 60years of age or not worker for not less than 90days in proceeding 12 month.
Contribution of the worker – The Building worker who has been register as beneficiary should
contribute to the fund until he attain his his 60years of age, such rate as board may specify There may
be different rate for different classes of people. The Board if satisfied that worker was and able to pay
his contribution due to economical hardship, it may waive the payment not exceeding three month at a
time. Though if any worker fails to pay contribution for not less than one year, he ceases to be beneficiary
of the fund.
Chapter V
Building and Other Construction Worker Welfare Board - Every State Govt. should constitute by
notification, a board to be known as “name of the state “………..” B& O Construction worker welfare
Board.There Should be a chairman nominated by central Govt. and other member not exceeding 15 as
appointed by the State Govt. provided there should be equal number of members representing employs
worker and state Govt. and one of which should be women.
Functions of the Board –
1. Immediate assistant to beneficiary in case of accident

2. Make payment of pension to beneficiary who has complete this 60years of service.
3. Section home loans as per prescribed conditions.
4. Pay premium for group insurance scheme.
5. Give financial assistance for education of children.
6. Meet medical expenses for aliment of beneficiary and his prescribed dependent.
7. Maternity benefit payment to women.
8. Grant loan for any welfare scheme by employer or local authority.
9. To pay grant in aid employer or local authority it conditions of the worker are at satisfaction of the
Board.
Chapter VI
Hours of work welfare measurement and other conditions of service
A. Hours of working day- The appropriate Govt.May by rules
1. Normal working hours of the day.
2. Provide for day of rest in every period of seven days.
3. Payment for remuneration of such resting days.
4. Provide for payment of work on rest day, not less than over time rate.
B. Over time – Whenever any building worker require to work more than his normal working hours he
is entitled to get payment as O.T at the rate of twice his normal wages.
C. Maintenance of register and record – Every employer should maintain register and record such
particular as may be prescribed including particulars of the work, nature of work, his resting day,
wages paid etc.
D. Prohibition of employment of certain person – No person about whom the employer knows or has
reason to believe that he is deaf, or defective vision or tendency to giddiness should be required to
work which is likely to involve risk of accident either to him or any other person.
E. Drinking Water – Employer should provide sufficient and wholesome drinking water at suitable
places and should mark as ‘Drinking Water’ in the language understood by majority of public. Such
a point should be size meter away from any urinal, latrine or washing place.
F. Latrine and Urinals – Employer should provide sufficient number of latrine and urinals and all the
time it should be conveniently accessible to all the workers.
G. Accommodation –
1. Employer should provide free of charge temporary accommodation to all the workers as hear as
possible to the site of construction work.
2. Such accommodation should provide separate, cooking place, bathing, washing and lavatory
facilities.
3. After building or other construction work is over employer should remove or demolish such
accommodation and restore ground level and clean condition.
H. Creches – Where in so or more female workers are working, provision should be make for creches
for the use of children under the age of six years and should.
1. Provide adequate accommodation.
2. Provide adequate lighting and ventilation.
3. Maintain clean and sanitary condition
4. Such room should be under the charge of trained woman in children care.
I. First aid Box – Employer should provide prescribed first aid facilities.
J. Canteen – Employer should provide canteen facility where in not less than 250 or more workers are
ordinarily working.
Chapter VII
Safety and Health measures
A. Safety Committee and Safety Officer – in every establishment where 500 or more workers are
ordinarily employed, the employer should consist of safety committee consisting of such number of
member of employer and worker as may be prescribed in no case number of worker representative
should be less than the number of employer representative. There should be a safety officer passing
prescribed qualification.
B. Notice of certain accident – Information of accident involving [1] Death or [2] Injury of such nature,
which prevent person from working for a period of 48 hours or more immediately following
accidents. [3] Or which is of such nature as may be prescribed should be given to prescribed authority
and such authority there on should make investigation or the accident.
C. Power of State Govt. to make rules for the safety and health of the workers – Under section – 40
State Govt. is empowered to make rules to ensures health and safety workers.
Chapter VIII
Inspecting Staff
A. Director General – The central Govt. by notification should appoint gazette officer of the Govt. to
be Director General of Inspection who should be responsible for laying down standards of inspection
and should also exercise the powers of inspector through out the india in respect of establishment
for who me appropriate govt. is Central Govt.
B. Chief Inspector – The state govt. by notification, appoint gazette officer of that govt. to be chief
inspector of inspection who should be responsible for effectively carrying out the provision of this
act in the state and should also exercise powers of and inspector through out the state.
C. Inspector – The appropriate Govt. may appoint such number of officer as inspector for local assigned
local limits.
D. Powers of the inspector – All general power which are explained in previous notes are with inspector
under this Act.
Chapter IX
Special provision
A. Responsibility of Employer – This Act imposes responsibility of employer to take all adequate steps
to stop accidents and ensure safety of worker.
B. Responsibility for payment of wages and compensation
1. It is the responsibility of employer to pay wages on or before the due date.
2. If contractor fails to may be any payment of compensation under the workmen’s compensation Act,
1923, the employer should make such payment and recover it from the contractor from any of his
due amount or as a debt to contractor.
C. Notice of commencement of building or other construction work – Employer should notify inspector
at least before 30 days the notice of commencement of the work giving all the details of the work.
Safety Measures
When construction is being done, the employees and equipment should be protected from ail
construction hazards including open excavation, falling objects, welding operations, dust, dirt,
temporary wiring, temporary overhead, electrical lines, barricades, fences and guard rails should be set
up and appropriate warning signs should be posted. Night illumination should be provided in the areas
where open trenches or ditches create hazards in walkways and roadways.
Care should be taken specifically to prevent trucks and other mobile equipment from colliding with each
other, with pipelines, power lines and other equipment. Signal man should be posted to serve as an eye
for the truck drivers.
No one should be allowed to stand on the running board or bed of a truck. Workers must not be permitted
to ride on a loaded moving truck.
Modem construction requires machines like tractors and bulldozers for site preparation, power shovel
for excavation, cranes and derricks for placing structural members, concrete mixers, compressors,
generators. No such machine or equipment should be placed in operation until it has been inspected by
a competent person and found to be in a safe operating condition.
Belts, pulleys, shieves, gears, chain, shafts, clutches, drum, flywheels and other rotating parts of
equipment shall be guarded. No guards or safety appliances shall be removed or made ineffective.
Current carrying parts of electrically operated equipment should be properly insulated or guarded high
temperature lines and equipment should be covered with suitable insulating materials.
Platforms, foot walks, steps, ladders, handholds, guard rails and toe boards should be installed on the
equipment suitable operating floors or platforms.
Surface with slip-resistant material and gaps/opening on floors should be condoned off. At the end of
work, equipment should be set and locked. Safe load capacity and operating speeds should be pasted on
all equipment.
Steel erection involves extensive use of cranes, derricks, hoists, ropes and slings. For lifting heavy loads,
wire rope celling are preferable to chains. Operating with either chain or wire rope the manufacturer’s
capacity ratings should not be exceeded. At points where rope ceilings pass around sharp corners,
padding should be provided.
Air flow should be shut off and pressure releases before pneumatic hand-tools are disconnected. When
bolts are being knocked out, they should be retrieved so they do not fall on anyone below. Impact
wrenches should be provided with a locking device to retain the socket.
Welding is basically an uncontrolled heat treatment process. Welding or flame-cutting if not done
properly it may result into –
 A brittle structure in the heat affected zone of the parent material
 Impurities in the zone of fusion
 Incomplete welding penetration and fusion
 Creation of residual stresses
Considering the above facts, a job of welding should be assigned to a competent person.
The workers at construction site, should be equipped with necessary personal protective equipment.
Do not permit employees to work near electrical wires unless the wires are fully insulated.
Do now allow employees to work on wet, freshly painted or slippery construction.
Wherever it is impractical to provide temporary floor, suspend safety nets below points where
employees are working.
Where guy cables or braces are used to hold steel during erection, make sure they are guarded to prevent
trucks or other equipment from being hooked into them.
Makeshift methods and shortcuts should be avoided while lifting, moving, transferring machines and
equipment.
All ‘out of order’ equipment should be shut down for repairs.
Suitable sign should be posted & not removed until repair has been completed.
Mobile equipment should if possible be removed to a safe location.
Equipment suspended in slings or supported by hoist or jacks for repairs should be blocked before
anyone is permitted to work underneath it.
When repairs are carried out remote from the source of power or equipment such as conveyors and cable
ways, use chains, blocking to prevent accidental start up.
Before repair on electrically operated equipment begin, the main switch should be locked. The key to
the switch lock should be retained by the person doing the repair.
When using temporary heating equipment assign a qualified employees for its operation and
maintenance.
To prevent injury during excavation work, think of adequate protective measures as a part of the job.
Study pre-excavation conditions in order to evaluate changes that might occur, situation that might
develop and to plan the job ahead.
Excavated material should be placed at least 0.6m from the edge of the excavation unless toe-board or
other barricades have been installed to prevent fallback excavation should be barricaded to prevent
employees from falling into it keep warning sign. A trench of 1m or more deep should be provided with
ladders. The ladders should extend from the bottom of the trench to at least 0.6m above the surface of
the ground.
Construction of all ladders should conform to BIS codes.
A scaffold should be designed to support at least four times the anticipated weight of workers & material.
A safe & convenient means must be provided to gain access to the working platform level. Scaffold
should conform to the BIS codes. When work is continuing on the scaffolding the area below it should
be cordoned off.
The hoist should be operated with the limitation of specification prescribed by manufacturer for rated
load capacity, operating speed etc. and instructions gone through to understand hazards.
CHAPTER 14 THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ACT, 1986.

Chapter I
Some of the important definitions are as follows.
a) Environment – includes, water, air and land and the interrelationship, which exist among and
between water, air and land and human begins other living creatures, plant micro organism and
property.
b) Environmental pollutant – means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance present in such
concentration as may be, or tend to be, injurious to environment.
c) Environmental pollution means the presences in the environment of any environmental pollutant.
d) Hazardous substance – means any substances or preparation which, by reason of its chemical or
physicochemical properties or handling, is liable to cause harm to human beings other living
creatures, plants, microorganisms, property or the environment.
e) Occupier – means any person who has control over the affairs of the factory or premises and
includes, in relation to any substance, the person in possession of the substance.
Chapter II
General Powers of the central govt. under this chapter central govt. have given powers to take all
expedients and necessary measures for the purpose of protecting and improving the quality of the
environment and preventing controlling and abating environmental pollution and specifically following
powers.
1. Co – Ordination of actions by the state govt. officers and other authorities formed under this act and
other acts, which are relating to the object of this Act.
2. Planning and executing nationwide programme for the prevention, control and abatement of
environment pollution.
3. Laying down environmental quality standards.
4. Laying down standards from various source for pollutants.
5. Relation of areas in which any industries operation or process or class of industries or operation of
process shall or shall not be carried out.
6. Laying down procedures and safeguards for the prevention of accidents polluting environment and
remedial measures for such accidents.
7. Laying down procedure and safeguards for the handling or hazardous substances.
8. Examination of such manufacturing processes, materials and substance as are likely to cause
environmental pollution.
9. Carrying out and sponsoring investigations relating to environment pollution.
10. Inspections of any premises, plant, equipment, machinery manufacturing or other process, materials
or substance and giving by order such directions to such authority officer or person as it may deem
fit for the purpose of this Act.
11. Establishing and recognizing environmental laboratories
12. Collections and dissemination of information in respect of matter relating to environment pollution.
13. Preparation of manual, codes, guides relating to prevention, control and abatement of environmental
pollution.
14. Establishing and constituting authorities for the purposes of this Act.
15. Central govt. may give order in writing to any person, office or authority for exerting powers and
doing functions under this act and such powers includes.
a) Power to direct the closure, prohibition or regulation of any industry, operation or process or
b) Stoppage or regulation of the supply of electricity or water or any other services.
Chapter III
Prevention control and abatement of environmental pollutant in execs of standards.

Section 7 (Base on emission or discharge of pollutant execs of standards)
Bar on emission or discharge of under this section no person is allowed to discharge or emit or permit
to be discharged or emitted any environmental pollutant in excess of standards laid down under this Act
Section 8
Under this section no person is allowed to handle or cause to be handled any hazardous substance unless
the follows prescribed procedure and safety precautions.
Section 9 (Furnishing into. Authority in accident)
This, section requires that every person should try to mitigate and prevent any accident causing harm to
environment. If due to any accidents or unforeseen event there is or there are chances emission or
discharge of environmental pollutant that person must informed prescribed authorities such authorities
then has to take necessary remedial actions. The expenses incurred for taking such actions can be
recovered form such person as arrears of land revenue or of public demand.
Section 10 power to entry and inspection
Any person empowered by the central govt. in this behalf has right to enter any premises, at all
reasonable times with such assistance as he considers necessary for following purposes.
1. For the purpose of performing any of the functions entrusted to him by central govt.
2. For the purpose of determining in what manner aforesaid functions should be done.
3. For the purpose of ensuring whether any provision of this Act, rules made there under, any notice,
order, direction made, given or granted under this act is being done or has been complied with.
4. For the purpose of examining and testing any equipment, material, plant, record, register, document
or any other object.
5. For conducting such of any building or premises if he has reason to believe any offence has been or
is being or is about to be committed.
6. For seizing any equipment, material, record, register etc. if he believes that such things may furnish
evidence of the commission of any offence.
Every person’s carrying on any industry, operation or process or handling any hazardous substance
should render all assistance to the person empowered by central govt. if he fails then he would be guilty
of offence under this acts. If anybody willfully delays or obstructs such empowered person then that
person is also guilty of offence under this act.
Section 12 Environmental laboratories
Central govt. may by notification in official gazette
1. Establish one or more environmental lab
2. Recognize one or more environmental lab
3. May make rules governing procedures of such lab.
Section 13 govt. analysis
The central govt. may by notification in official gazette appoint or recognize any person having
prescribed qualification as a govt. analyst frame purpose of analysis of sample sent to environmental
laboratories
Report of the govt. analyst can be furnished as evidence in any legal proceeding.
Section 15 penalty for contravention of the provisions of the act and rules, orders, and direction
1. Imprisonment which may extend to one lakh rupees or
2. With both
Additions fine which may extend to five thousand rupees per day if such failure or contravention
continues after conviction for first time, if such contravention or failure continues till one year the
offender would be punishable for the imprisonment, which may extend to seven years.
Section 16 offences by companies
Where an offence is committed by a company every person who, at the time the offence was committed,
was directly incharge of and was responsible to the company for the conduct of its business, will be
deemed to be guilty of the offence and will be punished accordingly.
If an offence is committed by company and it is proved that with the consent, or connivance of, or is
attributed to any neglect of any director, manager, secretary or officer incharge such persons would be
guilty under this act.
Section 17
Offence by govt. department –
If offence has been committed by govt. department then head of the department is liable to be punished.
If it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent , or connivance of or neglect of any
officer, such officer is also punishable under this act.
Defense under the act –
1. If he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or
2. He has taken all due diligence to prevent the commission of offence
Chapter IV
If is regarding miscellaneous provision of the act,
A. Protection of actions taken in good faith. (Section – 18)
B. Cognizance of offence – (Section – 19)
No court is authorized to take cognizance of offence unless.
1. The complaint is made by central govt. or any authority or officer empowered in this behalf or
2. The complaint is made by any person who has given notice of sixty days in prescribed manner of
the alleged offence and his intention to make a complaint to central govt. or any such authority or
person.
C. Effects of other laws are not barred only thing is that the provision should not be inconsistent with
this act. If offence is punishable under both the acts the offender is punishable under the act and not
under this act.
Section 25 This section again make mandatory to central govt. to provide for following things.
a) The standards in excess of which environment also pollutants shall not be discharged or emitted
under section 17
b) The procedure in accordance with and the safeguards in compliance with which hazardous substance
shall be handled or cause to be handled under section 8
c) The authorities or agencies to which intimation of the fact of occurrence or apprehension of
occurrence of the discharge of any environmental pollutant in excess of the prescribed standards
shall be given and to whom all assistance shall be bound to be rendered under sub – section 9
d) The manner in which samples of air, water, soil or other substance for the purpose of section 11.
e) The form in which notice of intention to have a sample analysed shall be served under clause (a) of
subsection (3) of section (11);
f) The functions of the environmental laboratories, the procedure for the submission to such
laboratories of samples of air, water soil and other substances for analysis or test, the form of
laboratory report, the fees payable for such report and other matters to enable such laboratories to
carry out their functions under sub section (2) of section 12
g) The qualification of government analyst appointed or recognized for the purpose of analysis of
samples of air, water, soil or other substance under section 13
h) The manner in which notice of the offence and of the intention to make a complaint to central
government shall be given under clause (b) of section 19
i) The authority or officer to whom any reports returns, statistics accounts and other information shall
be furnished under section 20
j) Any other matter which is required to be or may be prescribed
The environmental (Protection) rules, 1986
 Rules made by central government in exercise of powers conferred by section 6 and 25 of
environmental (Protection) act, 1986 (No.29 of 1986)
 Standard for emissions and discharge of pollutants – for the purpose of protecting and improving
the quality for the environment and preventing and abating environmental pollutants from the
industries, operations or processes shall be as specified in schedule I to Iv
 Prohibition and restriction on locations of industries – central govt. may take following points into
consideration
 Standard and maximum allowable limits of pollutants for an area
 Likely discharge/emission of pollutants from the process or operations
 Topography and climatic features of the area
 Biological diversity of the area which needs to be preserved
 Environmentally compatible land use
 Net adverse environmental impact likely to be caused by the industry
 Proximity to human settlement and protected area or a sanctuary
 Any other relevant points
 Procedure for taking samples, submission of samples, report format and functioning of labs.
 Furnishing information to authorities and agencies
 Submission of environment statement by every person carrying on an industry, operation, process
requiring consent under section 25 of water (prevention and control of pollution) Act 1974 or under
section 21of air (prevention and control of pollution) Act,1981 or both or authorization under the
hazardous waste (management and handling) rules, 1989 shall submit a environmental statement for
the financial year ending on 31st march in form V to the state PCB on before 30th September
Form – V contents of environmental statement to be given as per rule 14
Part A
1. Name and address of owner/occupier
2. Industry category
3. Production capacity
4. Year of establishment
5. Date of last statement submitted
Part B
1. Water consumption (m3/day – for process, cooling, domestic, separately
2. Name of product, process water consumption per unit product output (during the previous financial
year and current financial year)
3. Raw materials consumption
Part C - Pollution discharged to environment/unit of output (parameters as specified in consent)

Pollution Quantity discharged Conc.(g/l) %variation from std.
with reason
Water
Air
Part D – Hazardous waste (as specified under Haz. Waste (Mgt and Handl.) rules
Hazardous Waste Total Quantity (kg)
Previous fin. Year Current fin. Year
From process
From PCP
Part E – Solid Waste
Solid waste Solid waste total quantity
Previous fin. Year Current fin. Year
From process
From PCP
Quantity recycled or re-utilized within the unit
sold, disposed
Part F – specify characterization (in terms of composition and quantum) of hazardous/solid waste and
indicate disposal practice adopted
Part G – impact of abatement or control measures taken by the company on natural resources and cost
of production
Part H – Additional measures/investment proposed by the company for protection of environment
Part I – any other particulars for improving quality of environment
Schedule I: It specifies the name of industry, parameters to be monitored and their standards. E.g
Sl. No Industry Parameter Standards
1 Caustic soda industry Total concentration of 0.01 mg/liter max.
mercury in final effluent
Schedule III specifies ambient air quality standards in respect of nose.
Area code Category of area Limits in dB(A) Day time Limits in dB(A) Night
time
A Industrial area 75 70
B Commercial area 65 55
C Residential area 55 45
D Silence zone 50 40
Note:
1. Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 9 pm
2. Night time is reckoned in between 9 pm to 6 am

3. Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals, educational
institutions and counts. The silence zones are to be declared by the competent authority
Use of vehicular homs, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.
4. Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the
competent authority and the corresponding standards shall apply.
Noise: Details are covered in paper – industrial Hygiene & Occupational Health measurement of
noise level is covered in practical.
Schedule IV – Prescribes standards for emission of smoke a vapour etc. from motor vehicles.
Schedule VII – gives national ambient air quality standards (NAACS) for sulphur dioxide, oxides of
nitrogen, suspected particulate matter (SPM), respirable particulate matter (RPM) lead and carbon
monoxide.
Standards are specified for time weighted averages on annual and 24 – hour basis are specified for
different zones (industrial area, residential, rural and other are, sensitive area along with method of
measurement)
Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform
interval.
24 hourly/8 hourly values shall be met 98% of the time in a year 2% of the time, it may exceed out not
on two consecutive days.
CHAPTER 15 AIR (PREVENTION & CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT, 1981

Chapter I
Some of important definitions under section 2.
a. Air Pollutant – means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance including noise present in the
atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human being or other living
creatures or plants or property or environment.
b. Air pollution – means the presence in the atmosphere of any air pollutant.
c. Approved appliance – means any equipment or gadget used for the burning of any combustible
material or for generating or consuming any fumes, gas or particulate matters and approved by the
state board for the purpose of this act.
d. Approval fuel – any fuel approved by the state board for the purpose of this act.
e. Chimney – includes any structure with an opening or out let from or through which any air pollutant
may be emitted.
f. Control equipment – means any apparatus, device equipment or system to control the quality and
manner of emission of any air pollutant and include any device used for securing efficient operation
of industrial plant.
g. Emission – means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance coming out of any chimney, duct or flue or
any other out let.
h. Occupier – means a person who has ultimate control over the affairs of factory or premises and
includes, in relation to any substance the person in possession of the substance.
Chapter II
Central and state board for the prevention and control of air pollution
Central board – The central board constituted under section 3 of the water (Prevention & control of
pollution) act, 1974 are deemed to be central board for prevention and control of pollution under this
Act, without prejudice to powers conferred and assigned function under that Act.
State Boards – The state boards constituted under section 4 of the water act, 1974 are the deemed to be
state board for the air act 1981 and they will do all functions assigned and powers conferred under both
the act. Where there are no state board constituted under the water Act, 1974 state govt. has to constitute
state board for the purpose of this Act. The constitution of the boards and service conditions are same
as the water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
Chapter III
Powers and function of the boards
Section 16. function of central board
1. To improve the quality of air and to prevent control or abate air pollution in the country
2. To advise the central government on any matter concerning aforesaid purpose.
3. To plan and cause to be executed a nation wide programme for prevention, control or abatement of
air pollution.
4. To co – ordinate the activities of the state board and resolve dispute among them.
5. To provide technical assistance and guidance to the state board, carry out and sponsor investigation
and research relating to the problem of air pollution and prevention control and abatement of air
pollution.
6. To perform some function of the state board in case of emergency.
7. To plan and organize the training of persons engaged or to be engaged in programmes for prevention,
control or abatement of air pollution.
8. To organize through mass – media a comprehensive programme regarding prevention, control and
air pollution.
9. Collect, compile and publish technical and statistical date relating to air pollution and the measures
devised for its effective prevention, control or abatement.
10. To prepare manuals, codes, guides relating to air prevention, control and abatement of air pollution.
11. To lay down standards for air quality.
12. To recognize or establish laboratory or laboratories for the purpose of this Act.
Section – 17 functions of the state boards
1. The plan a comprehensive programme for the prevention, control or abatement of air pollution
2. To advise the state government on any matter concerning the prevention, control or abatement of air
pollution.
3. To collect and disseminate information relating to air pollution.
4. To collaborate with the central boards in organizing the training of persons engaged or to be engaged
in programme relating to prevention, control or abatement of air pollution and to organize mass
education programme relating there to.
5. To inspect at all reasonable time, any control equipment, industrial plant or manufacturing process
and to give, by order, such directions to such person as it may considers necessary to take steps for
the prevention, control or abatement of air pollution.
6. To inspect air pollution control areas as such interval as it may think necessary, assess quality of air
there in and take steps for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution.
7. To lay down standards for air quality in consultation with central board.
8. To advise state govt. regarding location of any industry which may cause pollution
9. To perform such other function entrusted to it by central board or state government.
10. To establish or recognize laboratories or laboratory for the purpose of this Act.
Chapter IV
Prevention and control of air pollution
In this act it seems that pollution sources are divided in three types
I. Industrial pollution
II. Residential S – 19 (3)
III. Vehicular pollution S – (20)
A. Air pollution control areas (Section – 19). The state Govt. by notification in official gazette, alter
consultation with the state board any area as air pollution control area or areas. The state govt. may
after consultation with state board after any air pollution control areas or may create new area by
merging or otherwise existing air pollution control areas. The state govt. after consultation with the
state board is of the opinion that any fuel in air pollution control areas is causing pollution it may by
notification in official gazette ban that fuel in all or any part or may permit the use of approved fuel
only the state govt. may, after consultation with the state board by notification in official gazette
may direct that no appliances, other than approved appliance should be used in the premises of air
pollution control areas. The state govt. may after consultation with the state board is of the opinion
that burning of any than fuel is causing air pollution it may by notification prohibit the burning of
such materials.
B. Grant of consent for establish or operate industrial plant (Section – 21): Without previous
consent of the state board no person can start establish or operate any industrial plant in air pollution
control areas. If person is already operating such industrial use before the commencement of the air
(Prevention control and abatement of pollution) amendment act, 1987. He may make application for
the consent within three month from such commencement and could continue to operate the industry
till application is disposed off. Any application for such consent to the board should be in prescribed
form and with prescribed fec. The board when receives such application may ask for any such
application may ask for any relevant information and may make inquiry by giving reasonable
opportunity the board may.
1. Grant permission
2. Grant permission conditionally or
3. Refuse permission
Such person is bound to observe such conditions
Every person granted such consent is bound to comply following conditions
1. The control equipment of such specification as the state board may approve in this behalf should be
installed and operated in the industry.
2. The existing control equipment, if any, shall be altered or replaced in accordance with the directions
of the state board.
3. The control equipment should be kept all the time in good conditions.
4. Chimney of such specifications as the state board may approve should be erected or re-erected.
5. After complying with abovementioned condition no control equipment or chimney should be altered
or replaced or as the case may be erected one – erected without previous consent of the board.
If due to any technological improvement or otherwise the state board is of the opinion that all or any of
the condition in consent need to be altered, it may after giving reasonable opportunity of being heard,
very all or any of the condition of the consent and such person should be bound to comply such varied
conditions.
C. No person carrying out any industry or operation in any air pollution control area should discharge
or emit any air pollution in excess of standards laid down by the state board
D. Power of the board to make application to the court to restrain person-polluting air. The state board
may make application to the metropolitan magistrate or judicial magistrate of the first class to
restrain any person who in the opinion of the board, emitting or tend to emit air pollutant in excess
of standard laid down by the board. On receipt of application the court may make order restraining
that person from causing air pollution or authorize the board to take appropriate action if that person
fails to comply with courts order.
E. Information of unforeseen pollution or apprehension to state board: where in any area the
emission of air pollutant in excess of standards laid down by the state board occurs or is apprehended,
to occur due to any unforeseen event or accident, the incharge of such premise must immediately
inform state board and such other agencies as may be prescribed. Then state board and said agency
should take remedial action and expenses for such remedial measures would be recovered from
person responsible for pollution.
F. Power to entry and inspection: Any person empowered by the state board, has right to enter any
place, at all reasonable times, with necessary assistance for the following purpose.
1. For the purpose of performing any of the functions entrusted by state board.
2. For the purpose of determining any other provision under this act, rules made there under or any
order has been complied with or not.
3. For the purpose of examining and testing any control equipment, industrial plant, record, register,
document or any other material object.
4. For the purpose of conduction search of any place where he has reason to believe that any offence
under this act is has been committed or is being committed.
5. For seizing any such control, equipment industrial plant, record, register any document etc. which
he has reason that any such document can be furnished as an evidence in any legal matter under this
Act. Any person who will full obstruct or delay any such empowered person is guilty under this Act
every person must provide all assistance to such person empowered by the board.
G. Power to obtain information: State board or any person empowered by this Act has right to obtain
information from occupier or any person carrying out any industry or operation regarding air
pollutant emitted from the premises and may inspect correctness of the information by inspecting
premises.
H. Power to take the sample: The state board or any officer empowered by the state board in this
behalf will have power to take samples for purpose of analysis, from any chimney, flue, duct, or any
other outlet. If proper procedure is followed then result of such analysis can be admitted in any legal
procedure under this Act, (For the purpose of proper procedure see my previous notes of the water
Act, 1974)
I. State air laboratories: The state govt. may be notification in official gazette establish or specify
one or more laboratories as state air laboratories after consultation with the board the state govt.
may,
1. Make rules prescribing functions of the lab
2. Procedure for sampling
3. Fees payable for sampling &
4. Such other mattes necessary and expedient for efficient function of laboratories
Analyst
Govt. analyst: The state Govt. may, by notification in official gazette appoint, such person having
prescribed qualification for analysis of the samples under this Act, as Govt. analyst
Board analyst: The state board may, by notification in official gazette appoint such person having
prescribed qualification for the analysis of the samples under this act, as the board analyst.
The report of govt. analyst or as the case may be board analyst or as the case may be board analysis duly
signed may be used as evidence of the fact stated therein any proceeding under his act.
J. Power to give direction: The board may, subject to the provision of this act, give direction to any
authority, officer or any person regarding
a) The closure, prohibition or regulation of any industry, operation or process; or
b) The stoppage or regulation of supply of electricity, water or any other service.
Such person is bound to follow above orders.
Automobile pollution (Section – 20): The state govt. may, after consultation with the state board, give
such instructions to the authority in charge of registration of motor vehicles under the motor vehicles
Act, 1988 and rules made there under as it may think proper for ensuring compliance of air pollution
standards and such authority is bound to follow such instructions.
Stack air (Boiler/DG)
Pollutant MPCB Norms
1 SO2 <61.2 kg/day
2 Total particulate matter (TPM) <150 mg/Nm3
Ambient Air (near gate/near ETP/near fire pump station)
Pollutant MPCB Norms
1 Suspended paniculate matter (GPM) <500 g/Nm3
2 SO2 <120 g/Nm3
3 NO2 <120 g/Nm3
Noise (Ambient Air quality with respect of noise)
(near gate/near ETP/near fire pump station)

Paramter MPCB Norms
1 Noise (day) 75 dB(A)
2 Noise (Night) 70 dB(A)
CHAPTER 16 THE WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF
POLLUTANT) ACT, 1974.
Purpose of the Act: - As a result of industrial growth and urbanization pollution of rivers and streams
had assumed considerable importance. It had become essential to ensure that the domestic and industrial
effluents are not allowed to be discharged in to the water course without proper treatment for maintaining
or restoring water quality and for prevention and control of water pollution some authority and
legislation was required. So this act was enacted for the establishment of central and state boards and
for assigning these boards functions and conferring powers for the aforesaid purposes.
Definitions:-
1. Occupier, in relation to any factory or premises, means the person who has ultimate control over the
affairs of the factory. Or the premises, and includes, in relation to any substance, the person in
possession of the substance.
2. Out let includes, any conduit pipe or channel, open or closed, carrying sewage or trade effluent or
any other holding arrangement which causes or is likely to cause, pollution.
3. Pollution, means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or
biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any liquid,
solid or gaseous substance in to water, whether, directly or indirectly, as may or is likely to create a
nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety or to domestic,
commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or
plants or of aquatic organisms.
4. Sewage effluent means effluent from any sewerage system or sewage disposal works and includes
sludge from open drains.
5. Sewer means any conduit pipe or channel, open or closed, carrying sewage or trade effluent.
6. Stream includes
i. River
ii. Water course, whether flowing or for the tine being dry.
iii. Inland water, whether natural or artificial
iv. Sub terrene water
v. Sea or tidal water to such extant or as the case may by notification in the official gazette special in
this behalf.
vi. Trade effluent includes any liquid gaseous or solid substance which is discharged from any premises
used for carrying on any industrial operation or process or treatment or disposal system, other than
domestic sewage.
Chapter – II
The central and state board for prevention and control of water pollution
Section – 3
Constitution of central board – central govt. should constitute central pollution control board, by
notification in official gazette, within size months of the commencement of the Act, to exercise the
power conferred on and perform the functions assigned to that board under this act.
Constitution of the central board should be as follows:
a. A full time chairman, being a person having special knowledge or practical experience in respect of
matters relating to environmental protection or a person having knowledge and experience in
administering institution dealing with the matters aforesaid, to be nominated by central govt.
b. Such number of officials, not exceeding five, to be nominated by central govt. to represent that govt.
c. Such number of persons not exceeding five, to be nominated by central govt. from amongst the
members of the state boards of whom two should be from local authorities in the state.
d. Such number of non official not exceeding there to be nominated by central govt. to represent the
interest of agriculture, fishery or industry or trade or any other interest which in the opinion of central
govt. ought to be represented.
e. Two persons to represent the companies or corporations owned, controlled or managed by the central
govt. to be nominated by that govt.
f. A full time member secretary, possessing qualification, knowledge and experience of scientific
engineering or management aspect of pollution control to be appointed by central govt.
Section – 4
Constitution of state board – state govt. can appoint by notification in official gazette state board to
exercise the powers conferred and perform functions assigned by this act.
Composition of state board:
a. A chairman who has special knowledge or practical experience in respect of matters relating to
environmental protection or a person having knowledge and experience in administering institutions
dealing with the matters afore said to be nominated by the state govt. [Chairman may be part time
or full time]
b. Such number of official not exceeding five to be nominated by state govt. to represent that govt.
c. Such number of persons not exceeding five to be nominated by state govt. from amongst local
authorities functioning within the state.
d. Such number of non-officials not exceeding there, to be nominated by state govt. to represent the
interest of agriculture, fishery or industry or trade or any other interest which in the opinion of the
state govt. ought to be represented.
e. Two persons to represent the companies or corporations owned, controlled or managed by the state
govt. to be nominated by that govt.
f. A full time member secretary, possessing qualifications, knowledge and experience of scientific,
engineering or management aspects of pollution control to be nominated by state govt.
Chapter – III
Joint boards – There is provisions in this act to constitute joint board by making agreement.
1. By two or more govt. of contiguous states or
2. By central govt. in respect of one or more onion territories and one or more govt. of states contiguous
to such union territory or temiteries.
Constitution of this board is somewhat same as central and state boards power functions and service
conditions are same as state and central boards.
State board for which the joint board is constitutes is competent to give direction to the board only when
the matter is within the exclusive territorial jurisdiction of the state and in any other case govt. is the
competent authority to give direction.
Chapter – IV
Power and function of boards:
Function of central board
1. Subject to the provision of this act the main function of central board shall be to promote cleanliness
of streams and wells in different areas of the states.
2. In particular and without prejudice to the generally of the foregoing function, the central board may
perform all or any of the following functions namely.
a. Advise the central government on any matter concerning the prevention and control of water
pollution.
b. Coordinate the activities of the state boards and resolve disputes among them.
c. Provide technical assistance and guidance to the state boards carry out and sponsor investigations
and research relating to problems of water pollution and prevention control or abatement of water
pollution.
d. Plan and organize the training of persons engaged or to be engaged in programmes for the prevention
control or abatement of water pollution on such terms and condition as the central board may specify.
e. Organize through the mass media comprehensive programmes regarding the prevention and control
of water pollution. Perform such of the function of any state board as may be specified in an order
under sub section (2) of section 18
f. Collect compile and publish technical and statically data relating to water pollution and measures
devised for its effective prevention and control and prepare manuals, codes or guides relating to
treatment and disposal of sewage and trade effluent and disseminate information connected there
with
g. Lay down modify or annul in consultation with the state government concerned, the standards for a
stream or well provided that different standards may be laid down for the same stream or well
different streams or wells, having regard to the quality of water flow characteristic of the stream or
well and the nature of the use of water in such stream or well or streams or wells.
h. Plan and cause to be executed a nationwide programme for the prevention, control or abatement of
water pollution.
i. Perform such other function as may be prescribed.
3. The board may establish or recognize a laboratory or laboratories to enable the board to perform its
functions under this section efficiently, including the analysis of sample of water from any stream
or well or of samples of any sewage or trade effluents.
Function of state boards
1. Subject to the provision of this act, the functions of a state board shall be
a. To plan a comprehensive programme for the prevention control or abatement of pollution of streams
and well in the execution there of.
b. To advise the state government on any matter concerning the prevention control or abatement of
water pollution.
c. To collect and disseminate information relating to water pollution and the prevention, control and
abatement.
d. To encourage, conduct and participate investigations and research relating to problems of water
pollution and prevention control or abatement of water pollution.
e. To collaborate with the central board in organizing the timing of persons engaged or to be engaged
in programmes relating to prevention, control or abatement of water pollution and to organize mass
education programmes relating there to.
f. To inspect sewage or trade effluents works and plants for the treatment of sewage and trade effluents
and to review plans specifications or other data relating to plants set up for the treatment of water
works for the purification there of and the system for the disposal of sewage or trade effluents or in
connection with the grant of any consent as required by this act.
g. To lay down modify or annul effluent standards for the sewage and trade effluents and to classify
waters of the state.
h. To evolve economical and reliable methods of treatment of sewage and trade effluents, having regard
to the peculiar condition of soils olirnate and water resources of different regions and more especially
the prevailing flow characteristics of water in stream and well which render it impossible to attain
even the minimum degree of dilution.
i. To evolve methods of utilization of sewage and suitable trade effluents in agriculture.
j. To evolve efficient methods of disposal of sewage and trade effluents on land as are necessary on
account of the predominant conditions of scant stream flows that do not provide for major part of
the year the minimum degree of dilution.
k. To lay down standards of treatment of sewage and trade effluents to be a soharged into any particular
stream taking into account the minimum fair weather dilution available in that stream and the
tolerance limits of pollution permissible in the water of the stream after discharge of such effluents
l. To make very or revoke any order
i. For the prevention control or abatement of discharge of water into streams or wells
ii. Requiring any person concerned to construct new system for the disposal of sewage and trade
effluents or to modify alter or extend any such existing system or to adopt such remedial measures
as are necessary to prevent or abate water pollution.
m. To lay down effluents standards to be complied with by persons while causing discharge of sewage
or sullage or both and to lay down modify or annul effluents standards for the sewage and trade
effluents.
n. To advise the state government with respect to the location of any industry the carrying on of which
is likely to pollute a stream or well.
o. To perform such other function as may be prescribed or as may from time to time be entrusted to it
by the central board or the state government
Chapter – V
Prevention and control of water pollution
A. Power of the state govt. to restrict the application of the act:- If the state govt. is of the opinion that
the provisions of the act need not apply to the entire state it may restrict the application of the act to
such area or areas may be declared as water pollution, prevention and control area or areas. The state
govt. is also empowered to alter any such area or define new area.
B. Power to obtain information state board or any person empowered by it in that behalf may make
surveys of any stream or well and may make arrangement for the measurement and recording of rain
fall in that area. He may take other appropriate steps for afore said purposes. Further if any person
is abstracting water or discharging anything in water then state government can ask for the
information regarding such abstraction or discharge with view to prevent and control water pollution
it can ask for information from any person incharge of any establishment like any industry,
operation, process, treatment or disposal system.
C. Power to take sample:- A state board or any officer empowered in this behalf has power to take
sample of any well or stream or any sewage or trade effluent passing from any plant or vessel or
over any other place into any such well or stream. Result of analysis of any such sample is admitted
in any legal proceeding only if proper procedure was followed.
Procedure for collecting a sample
1. The person taking samples serves notice to the occupier notice of his intention to do so then and
there.
2. In the presence of occupier divide in to two parts.
3. Each sample to be placed in a container which will be marked sealed and signed by both occupier
or his agent and person-taking sample and forthwith send such sample for analysis to the laboratory
established under the act.
4. If occupied or his agent willfully absent himself while taking sample, the person taking sample
should signe, seal the container and report such absence of occupier to the govt. analyst appointed
under the act.
5. Report of the analysis can be admitted as evidence in any legal proceedings.
D. Power to entry and inspection any person empowered by state board in this be half will have right
to enter any place with such assistance as he may think necessary for following purposes.
1. For the purposes of performing any of the function entrusted to him by the board.
2. For the purpose of determining how such function can be performed.
3. For the purpose of determining whether or non provisions of act and rules made there under are
complied with.
4. For the purpose of end mining any plant, record register, document or any other material object or
conducting search of any place in which he has a reason to believe that an offence under this act or
the rules made there under has be or is being or is about to be committed.
Prohibition on use of stream or well for disposal of polluting matter.
1. No person should knowingly cause or permit any poisonous, noxious or polluting matter determined
in accordance with such standards as may be laid down by the boards to enter directly or indirectly
in to any stream or well or sewer or on land.
2. No people should knowingly causer or permit to enter in to any stream any other matter that may
tend, either directly or in combination with similar matters to impede the proper flow of water of the
stream in the manner leading or likely to lead to a substantial aggravation of pollution due to other
consequences.
Grant of consents: Without previous consent of the board no person should, establish or take any steps
to establish any industry operation or process or any treatment or disposal system or any extension or
addition thereto which is likely to discharge sewage or trade effluent in to a stream or well or se were
or on land. No person should make new or make any alteration in such discharge of sewage.
When application for consent is made to the boards state board may ask for such information for the
purpose of the act and may grant or refuse the consent.
When consent is granted, conditions for the consent are recorded in a register and those conditions are
binding on the person to whom consent is given. Such register of conditions for consent are open to
public further, if any person is discharging any sewage before the commencement of the act, state board
can give that person notice and may imposes such conditions as it may think fit.
Power of the state board to carry out certain works:- While under this act any condition is imposed
while granting any consent and it that condition is not executed then board may be give notice to such
person to extent such work not being less than 30 within such time as may be specified in that notice. If
that person fails to execute the work within specified time in notice, the board may it self execute that
work and may recover expenses from that person with interest.
Emergency measures in case of pollution of stream or well:
Where it appears to the board that any stream or well is polluted due to any poisonous or noxious or
polluting matter or has entered into any stream well or land due to any accident or unforeseen event the
board may carry out following operation.
1. Remove that matter from stream, well or land.
2. Dispose of that matter in proper way.
3. Take appropriate remedying measures to remove pollution.
4. Restrain or prohibit any person from polluting such stream well or land.
Power of the board to make application to court for restraining apprehended pollution of water where it
is apprehended by the board water in any stream or well is likely to be polluted by reason of the disposal
or likely disposal of any matter in such stream or well or land or otherwise it can make application to
the court for restraining such person count may restrain such and it such person doses not comply with
the order then authorize the board to take appropriate action to remove pollution.
Effluent (Water)
Pollutants MPCB Norms
1 pH 6.5 – 8.5
2 Suspended Solid < 100mg/l
3 BOD < 100mg/l
4 COD < 250mg/l
5 Oil & Grease < 10mg/l
Effluent treatment plant (ETP) – Steps
1. Effluent from plant
2. Raw effluent collection tank
3. Inlet of primary equalization tank
4. Chemical reaction tank (effluent is mixed with poly aluminum chloride solution for de-
emulsification & coagulation a slow speed turbine pitch blade agitator mixes the mixture properly)
5. 5.0% lime slurry is added in chemical reaction tank for correction of pH
6. Clarifiocculator (coagulated mass & clear liquid is separated)
7. Settle sludge is transferred to sludge drying beds
8. Clear liquid overflowing from clariflocculator is collected in secondary equalization tank for further
treatment
9. Treated effluent is collected in Bio-reactor (Aeration tank) for destruction of organic mass. It has
slow speed aerators to give sufficient oxygen for bio-degradation 2-5% solution of Di-Ammonium
phosphate and urea is added to the reactor as a nutrient for the biological sludge.
10. Finally treated effluent overflow into secondary clarifier, where the biological sludge settles at the
bottom and clear treated water overflows into the drainage system.
11. (at this stage Ph, total suspended solids, COD, BOD and oil & grease are analyzed)
12. The biological sludge which is settled at bottom of clarifier is pumped back to the bio-reactor to
maintain a biomass level of at least 3000mg/l.
13. If the sludge is found in excess, it is diverted to the secondary sludge drying beds. Water from outlet
of the drying beds (bottom) is collected in a chamber and diverted back into secondary equalization
tank. The treated effluent meets specific norms.
CHAPTER 17 THE HAZARDOUS WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND

HANDLING) RULES, 1989
1. Short title and commencement
1) These rules may be called the hazardous wastes (management and handling) rules, 1989
2) They shall come into force on the date or their publication in the official gazette
2. Application
These rules shall apply to hazardous wastes as specified in the schedule and shall not apply to
a) Waste water and exhaust gases as covered under the provisions of the water (prevention and control
of pollution)act, 1974 (6 of 1974), and the air (Prevention and control of pollution)act, 1981 (14 of
1981) and rules made hereunder
b) Wastes arising out of the operation from ships beyond five kilometers as covered under the
provisions of the merchant shipping act, 1958 (44 of 1958) and the rules made hereunder
c) Radioactive wastes as covered under the provisions of the atomic energy act, 1962 (33 of 1962) and
rules made hereunder
3. Definitions
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires
a) “Act” means the environment (protection) act, 1936 (29 of 1986)
b) “Export” with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions means taking out of india to a
place outside india
c) “Exporter” means any person under the jurisdiction of the exporting country who exports hazardous
wastes and the exporting country itself, which exports hazardous wastes
d) “Facility” means any location wherein the processes incidental to the waste generation, collection,
reception, treatment, storage and disposal are carried out
e) “Hazardous wastes” means categories of wastes specified in the schedule;
f) “Hazardous wastes site” means a place for collection, reception, treatment, storage and disposal of
hazardous wastes, which has been duly approved by the competent authority;
g) “Import” with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means bringing into india from a
place outside india;
h) “Importer” means an occupier or any person who imports hazardous wastes;
i) “Operator of a facility” means a person who owns or operates a facility for collection, reception,
treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes;
j) “Transboundary movement” means any movement of hazardous wastes or other wastes form an area
under the national jurisdiction of one country to or through an area under the national jurisdiction of
another country or to or through an area not under the national jurisdiction of any country, provided
at least two countries are involved in the movement;
4. Responsibility of the occupier for handling of wastes
1) The occupier generating hazardous wastes listed in column (2) of the schedule in quantities equal to
or exceeding the limits given in column (3) of the said schedule, should take all practical steps to
ensure that such wastes are properly handled and disposed of without any adverse effects which may
result from such wastes and the occupier should also be responsible for proper collection, reception,
treatment, storage and disposal of these wastes either himself or through the operator of facility.
2) If the occupier wants the operator of facility treats his waste then he must provide all the information
of the waste to the operator.
5. Grant of authorization for handling hazardous wastes
1) Hazardous wastes should be collected, treated, stored and disposed of only in such facilities as ma
be authorized for this purpose.
2) Every occupier generating hazardous wastes and having a facility for collection, reception,
treatment, transport, storage and disposal of such wastes should take an application in form 1 to the
[state pollution control board of committee] for the grant of authorization for any of the above
activities:
3) Any person who intends to be an operator of a facility for the collection, reception, treatment,
transport, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes, should make an application in form 1 to the
[state pollution control board of committee] for the grant of authorization for any of the above
activities:
4) The [state pollution control board or committee] with not issue an authorization unless it is satisfied
that the operator of a facility or an occupier, as the case may be possesses appropriate facilities,
technical capabilities and equipment to handle hazardous wastes safety.
5) The authorization to operate a facility will be issued in form 2 and will be subject to conditions laid
down therein.
6) (i)An authorization grated under this rule should, unless sooner suspended or cancelled, be in force
for a period of two years from the date of issue or from the date of renewal.
(ii) An application for the renewal of an authorization should be made in form 1, before its expiry.
(iii) The authorization should continue to be in force until it is renewed or revoked.
7) The state pollution control board of committee may after giving reasonable opportunity of being
heard to the applicant, refuse to grant any authorization.
6. Power to suspend or cancel an authorization
1) The [state pollution control board or committee] may cancel an authorization issued under these
rules or suspend it for such period as it thinks fit if, in its opinion, the authorized person has failed
to comply with any of the conditions of the authorization or with any provisions of the act or these
rules, after giving the authorized person an opportunity to show cause and after recording reasons
therefor.
2) Upon suspension or cancellation of the authorization and during the pendency of an appeal under
rule 12, the state pollution control board or committee may give directions to the persons whose
authorization has been suspended or cancelled for the safe storage of the hazardous wastes, and such
person shall comply with such directions.
7. Packing, labelling and transport of hazardous wastes
1) Before any hazardous waste is delivered at the hazardous wastes site, the occupier or operator of a
facility shall ensure that the hazardous waste is packaged in a manner suitable for storage and
transport and the labelling and packaging should be easily visible and be able to withstand physical
conditions and climatic factors.
2) Packaging, labelling and transport of hazardous wastes should be in accordance with the provisions
of the rules issued by the central government under the motor vehicles act, 1988 and other guidelines
issue from time to time.
8. Inventory of disposal sites
1) The state government or a person authorized by it should undertake a continuing programme to
identify the sites and compile and publish periodically an inventory of disposal sites within the state
for the disposal of hazardous wastes.
2) The state government or a person authorized by it should undertake an environmental impact study
before identifying a site as waste disposal site in the state.
3) The state government or a person authorized by it should undertake a continuing programme to
compile and publish an inventory of sites within the state at which hazardous wastes have at any
time been stored or disposed of and such inventory shall contain besides the location and description,
information relating to the amount, nature and toxicity of hazardous wastes at each such site as may
be associated with such site.
9. Records and returns

1) The occupier generating hazardous waste and operator of a facility for collection, reception,
treatment, transport, storage and disposal of hazardous waste is liable to maintain records of such
operations in form 3.
2) The occupier and operator of a facility should sand annual returns to the state pollution control board
or committee in form 4.
10. Accident reporting and follow-up
Where an accident occurs at the facility or on a hazardous waste site or during transportation or
hazardous wastes, the occupier or operator of a facility should report immediately to the state pollution
control board or committee about the accident in form 5.
11. Import of hazardous wastes
1) Import of hazardous wastes from any country to india should not be permitted for dumping and
disposal of such wastes. However, import of such wastes may be allowed for processing or reuse as
raw material, after examining each case on merit by the state pollution control board or committee
or by an officer authorized in this behalf.
2) The exporting country or the exporter as the case may be of hazardous wastes should communicate
in form 6 to the central government the ministry of environment and forests of the proposed
transboundary movement of hazardous wastes.
3) The central government should, after examining the communication received and on being satisfied
that the import of such hazardous wastes is to be used for processing or reuse as raw material, grant
permission for the import of such wastes subject to such conditions as the central government may
specify in this behalf and if however, the central government is not satisfied with the communication
received it may refuse permission to import such hazardous wastes.
4) Any importer importing hazardous wastes should provide necessary information as to the type of
hazardous wastes he is to import in form 6 to the concerned state pollution control board or
committee the central pollution control board in the case of union territories.
5) The state pollution control board or committee should examine the information received under and
issue such instructions to the importer, as it considers necessary.
6) The central government or the state pollution control board or committee, as the case may be, should
inform the concerned port authority to take appropriate steps regarding the safe handling of the
hazardous wastes at the time of off-loading the same.
7) Any person importing hazardous wastes should maintain the records of the hazardous wastes
imported as specified in form 7 and the records so maintained shall be open for inspection by the
state pollution control board or committee the ministry of environment and forests the central
pollution control boards in the case of union territories or an officer appointed by them in this behalf.
12. Appeal
1) An appeal would lie against any order of suspension or cancellation or refusal of an authorization
by the state pollution control board to the state government or committee to the union territory and
to the ministry of environment and forests in the case of the central pollution control board.
2) Every appeal shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed against
and shall be presented within thirty days of the order passed.
Schedule 2
List of waste substances with concentration limits. Wastes divided in five classes A to E
Class Concentration limit (mg/kg) Example
A 50 Antimony and arsenic compounds
B 5000 Lead, nickel, tin compounds
C 20000 Ammonia, phosperous compounds

D 50000 Sulphur, inorganic acids
E Regardless of concentration limit Highly flammable substances
Schedule 3
Part – A list of wastes to be applicable only for import and export (List A and B)
Basel No. OECD No. Description Annex I Annex II Customs
of material code
A 1010 AA 100 Mercury Y 29 6.1.11.12 Ex 2620.90
Part – B list of hazardous characteristics (explosive, flammables, infectious, poisonous, corrosive,
toxic etc.
Schedule categories of hazardous wastes
[Rules 3(I), 3(n) and 4]
Waste categories Types of wastes Regulatory quantities
(1) (2) (3)
Waste category No.1 Cyanide wastes 1 kilogram per year calculated as
cyanide
Waste category No.2 Metal finishing wastes 10 kilograms per year the sum of
the specified substance calculated
as pure metal.
Waste category No.3 Waste containing water soluble 10 kilograms per year the sum of
chemical compounds of lead, the specified substance calculated
copper, zinc, chromium, nickel, as pure metal.
selenium, barium and antimony
Waste category No.4 Mercury, arsenic, thallium and 5 kilograms per year the sum of
cadmium bearing wastes the specified substance calculated
as pure metal.
Waste category No.5 Non-halogenated hydrocarbons 200 kilograms per year calculated
including solvents as non-halogenated
hydrocarbons.
Waste category No.6 Halogenated hydrocarbons 500 kilograms per year calculated
including solvents as halogenated hydrocarbons.
Waste category No.7 Wastes from paints, pigment glue, 250 kilograms per year calculated
varnish and printing ink as oil or oil emulsions.
Waste category No.8 Wastes from dyes and dye 200 kilograms per year calculated
intermediates containing as inorganic chemicals.
inorganic chemical compounds
Waste category No.9 Wastes from dyes and dye 50 kilograms per year calculated
intermediates containing organic as organic chemicals.
chemical compounds.
Waste category No.10 Waste oil and oil emulsions 1000 kilograms per year
calculated as oil and oil
emulsions.
Waste category No.11 Tarry wastes from refining and tar 200 kilograms per year calculated
residues from distillation or as tar.
pyrolytic treatment
Waste category No.12 Sludges arising from treatment of Irrespective of any quantity.
waste waters containing heavy
metals, toxic organics oils,
emulsions and spent chemicals
and incineration ash
Waste category No.13 Phenols 5 kilograms per year calculated as
phenols.
Waste category No.14 Asbestos 200 kilograms per year calculated
as asbestos.
Waste category No.15 Wastes from manufacturing of 5 kilograms per year calculated as
pesticides and herbicides and pesticides and their intermediate
residues from pesticides and products
herbicides formulation units
Waste category No.16 Acid/alkalin/slurry wastes 700 kilograms per year calculated
as acids/alkalies
Waste category No.17 Off-specification and discarded Irrespective of any quantity
products
Waste category No.18 Discarded container and container Irrespective of any quantity.
liners of hazardous and toxic
chemicals and wastes
CHAPTER 18 THE BIO-MEDICAL WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND

HANDLING) RULES, 1998
These rules are made in exercise of power given by section 6,8 and 25 of the environment protection
act, 1986 to management and handling of biomedical waste.
Applicability – These rules are applicable to all the persons who generate, collect, receive store,
transport, treat, dispose or handle bio medical waste in any form.
Definitions –
1. Bio medical waste – means any waste which is generated during the diagnosis, treatment
immunization of human beings or animals or in research activities pertaining there to or in the
production or testing of biological and including categories mentioned in schedule – I ten categories
are listed in schedule I
2. Biological – Means any preparation made from organism or microorganisms or product of
metabolism and biochemical reactions in tended for use in diagnosis, treatment or immunization of
human beings or animals or in research activities pertaining there to.
3. Biomedical waste treatment facility – Means any facility where in treatment or disposal of
biomedical waste or process incidental to such treatment or disposal is carried out and includes
common treatment facilities.
4. Occupier in relation to any institution generating bio medical waste including a hospital, nursing
home, clinic, dispensary, veterinary institutions, animal house, pathological laboratory, blood bank
by whatever name called means as person who has control over that institution and or its premises.
5. Operator of bio-medical waste facility means a person who owns or controls or operate a facility for
collection, reception, storage, transport, treatment, disposal or any other form of handling of bio
medical waste.
1) Duty of the occupier:- These rules place duty on the occupier to take all the steps to ensure that such
waste is handled without adverse effect to human health and the environment.
2) Treatment and disposal:-
 Biomedical waste should be treated and disposed of in accordance with schedule – I, and in
compliance with the standard prescribed in schedule V
 Every occupier should set up required bio – medical treatment and disposal facility incinerator,
autoclave, microwave system for the treatment of waste or ensure requisite treatment of waste at a
common waste treatment or any other waste treatment facility.
3) Segregation, packaging, transportation and storage.
a) Biomedical waste should not be mixed with other waste.
b) Schedule II provides for type of accordingly provided colour coding for waste. So biomedical waste
should be segregated at the point of generation only, prior to its storage, transportation, treatment
and disposal.
c) Container should have label prescribed in schedule III
d) Container should provide following information as specified in schedule IV
Day
Month
Year
Waste category no
Waste class
Waste description
Waste name address Receiver Name

Phone Address
Contact person Phone
In case of emergency contact Contact person
Address, Name, Phone (This label should not be washable)
e) Biomedical waste should be transported only in vehicle as may be authorized for the purpose by
competent Govt. authority.
f) Untreated bio-medical waste should not be stored untreated beyond period of 48 hours, if under the
circumstances it become necessary to store it beyond 48 hours then authorized person must take
permission of competent authority and should take measures to ensure that the waste does not
adversely affect human health and the environment
g) Municipal body should continue to pick up and dispose up of non-bio–medical waste as well as duly
treated bio – medical waste.
h) Prescribed authority for state is state pollution control board and for union territories it is committee
for pollution control.
i) Prescribed authority for armed forces under the ministry of defence is director general, armed forces
medical services.
j) Prescribed authority should function under the control of respective Govt.
k) An authorization is granted for the period of three years of which one year is trial period. Then
subsequent authorization is for the period of three years.
l) Prescribed authority may grant or refuse any authorization by giving responsible authority of being
heard.
m) Prescribed authority may cancel or suspend authorization, if the occupier or operator fails to these
rules by giving reason in writing and only after giving occupier or operator reasonable opportunity
to represent.
4) Authorization:-
a) Every occupier of an institution generating, collecting, receiving, storing, transporting, storing,
treating or disposing and or handling bio – medical waste in other manner, except such occupier of
clinics, dispensary, pathological laboratories, blood bank providing services to less than 1000 patent
per month, should make an application in form I to prescribed authority with fee.
b) Every operator of bio – medical waste facility should make an application in the form I with the
prescribed fee.
c) The concerned authority may grant authorization in prescribed form (IV) with such condition as may
be prescribed.
5) Advisory committee –
State level committee – The government of the state/union territories should constitute advisory
committee to advise government for efficiently implementing these rules such committee may be
composed of expert in the field of,
1. Medical and Health
2. Animal husbandry and veterinary sciences
3. Environmental management
4. Municipal administration
5. Other related organization and NGOs.
Armed forces committee – for armed forces of india there would be different advisory committee in the
chairmanship of additional director general of armed forces. Medical health services to advice ministry
of defence and director general of medical health services central pollution control is super –
Visiting authority for implementation of these rules in respect of all the armed forces and may visit and
inspect health care establishment giving prior notice.
6) Annual report – every occupier should prepare annual report in the form II and send it be 31 january
every year. Every prescribed authority should send information in compiled form by 31 march every
year to the central pollution control board records.
7) Every authorized person should maintain records related to the generation, collection, reception,
storage, transportation, treatment, disposal and any form of handling of biomedical waste. In
accordance with the rules and such record is liable to the inspection by prescribed authority.
8) Accident reporting – when and accident occurs at any institution or operating facility or while
transporting any hazards or waste or while handling then its is the duty of the authorized person to
report such accident immediately to the prescribed authority. (Form III)
9) Appeal – any person aggrieved by the order of prescribed authority may prefer appeal within 30
days from the date of communication of the concerned order to such authority as state govt. or union
territory may prescribe. In case any person is aggrieved by the order of director general of armed
forces appeal may be preferred to the ministry of environment and forest.
Schedule I:
Sr. No. Categories BMW Treatment method
1 Human anatomical waste Incineration, deep burial
2 Animal waste (body parts and fluids) Incineration, deep burial
3 Microbiology and biotechnology waste Autoclaving, micro waving
4 Waste sharps (needles, syringes, blade Autoclaving, microwaving, multilation /
glass) shredding, disinfection (chem.treat)
5 Discarded medicines and cytotoxic drugs Incineration, deep burial, multilation /
shredding
6 Soiled waste (material contaminated with Autoclaving, micro waving
blood/body fluids)
7 Soiled waste (disposable items other than Disinfection (chem.treat) autoclaving,
metal sharps) micro waving
8 Liquid waste (washing/cleaning) Disinfection (chem.treat)
9 Incineration ash Disposal land fills
10 Chemical waste (lab chemical used) Disinfection (chem.treat)
Schedule II
Colour code
No Colour Container Waste Treatment
category
1 Yellow Plastic bag 1,2,3,8,6 Incineration & deep
burial
2 Red Disinfected container 3,6,7 Auto clave, micro
plastic bag waving
3 Blue/White Plastic bag, puncture proof 4,7 Auto clave micro wave
translucent container chemical distraction
shredding
4 Black Plastic bag 5,9,10 Disposal in secured
land fill.
Schedule III
Label for BMW containers/bags : Non washable, prominently visible
Biohazard symbol : Cytotoxic haz, Symbol
Biohazard : Handle with care
Schedule IV
Label for transport of BMW containers/bags
Day, month and year date of generation
Waste category no. Clean, description
Sender and receiver Name and address
Emergency contact name, address, Ph.No.
Schedule V – standard for treatment disposal of BMW.
CHAPTER 19 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989

[These rules are incorporated in the Maharashtra factories (control of industrial major accident hazards)
Rules 2003]
S.O. 966 (E), dated 27th November, 1989 – in exercise of the powers conferred by Secs. 6,8 and 25 of
the environment (protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986), the central government hereby makes the following
rules, namely
1. Short title and commencement – (1) These rules may be called the manufacture, storage and import
of hazardous chemicals rules, 1989 (2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in
the official gazette.
2. Definitions – in these rules, unless the context otherwise required –
a) “Act” means the environment (protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986)
b) “Authority” means an authority mentioned in column 2 of Sch. V
c) “Export” with its grammatical variations and cognate expression, means taking out of india to a
place outside india.
d) “Exporter” means any person under the jurisdiction of the exporting country and includes the
exporting country, who exports hazardous chemicals;
e) “Hazardous chemical” means –
i. Any chemical which satisfiers any of the criteria laid down in part I of sch, I2 [or lisetd] in column
2 of part II of this schedule;
ii. Any chemical lister in column 2 of Sch II
iii. Any chemical listed in column 2 of Sch III
f) “Import” with its grammatical variations and cognate expression, means bringing into india from a
place outside india
g) “Importer” means an occupier or any person who imports hazardous chemicals
h) “Industrial activity” means
An operation or process carried out in an industrial installation referred to in Sch.IV involving or likely
to involve on or more hazardous chemicals and includes on-site storage or on-site transport which is
associated with that operation or process, as the case may be, or
i. Isolated storage, or
ii. Pipeline
i) “Isolated storage” means storage of a hazardous chemical other than storage associated with an
installation on the same site specified in Sch IV where that storage involves atleast the quantities of
that chemical set out in Sch II,
j) “Major accident” means an incident involving loss of life inside or outside the installation, or ten or
more injuries inside and or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic chemicals or explosion
or fire or spillage of hazardous chemicals resulting in on-site or off-site emergencies or damage to
equipment leading to stoppage of process or adverse effects to the environment
“Major accidents hazards (MAH) installations” means isolated storage and industrial activity at a
site handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to or in
excess of the threshold quantities specified in column 3 of Schs.2 and 3 respectively)
k) “Pipeline” means a pipe (together with any apparatus and works associated therewith) or system of
pipes (together with any apparatus and works associated therewith) for the conveyance of a
hazardous chemical other than a flammable gas as set out in column 2 of part II of Sch. III at a
pressure of less than 8 bars absolute the pipeline also includes inter-state pipelines
l) “Schedule” means schedule appended to these rules
m) “Site” means any location where hazardous chemicals are manufactured or processed, stored,
handled, used, disposed of an includes the whole of an area under the control of an occupier and
includes pier, jetty or similar structure whether floating or not
n) “Threshold quantity” means
i. In the case of a hazardous chemical specified in column 2 of Sch. II the quantity of that chemical
specified in the corresponding entry in column 3 and 4
ii. In the case of a hazardous chemical [specified] in column 2 of part I of Sch.III, the quantity of that
chemical specified in the corresponding entry in column 3 and 4 of that part
iii. In the case of substance of a class specified in column 2 of Part II of Sch.III, the total quantity of all
substance of that class specified in the corresponding entry in column 3 and 4 of that part.
3. Duties of authorities: The concerned authority shall –
a) Inspect the industrial activity at least once in a calendar year
b) Except where such authority in the ministry of environment and forests, annually report on the
compliance of the rules by the occupiers to the ministry of environment and forests through
appropriate channel
c) Subject to the other provisions of these rules, perform the duties specified in column 3 of the Sch. V
4. General responsibility of the occupier during industrial activity
1) This rules shall apply to –
a) An industrial activity in which a hazardous chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria laid down in
part I of Sch.I [or listed] in column 2 of part II of this schedule is or may be involved and
b) Isolated storage of a hazardous chemical listed in Sch.2 in a quantity equal to or more than the
threshold quantity specified in column 3, thereof.
2) An occupier who has control of an industrial activity in terms of sub-rule (1) shall provide evidence
to show that he has –
a) Identified the major accident hazards, and
b) Taken adequate steps to –
i. Prevent such major accidents and to limit their consequences to persons and the environment
ii. Provide to the persons working on the site with the information, training and equipment including
antidotes necessary to ensure their safety.
5. Notification of major accident –
a) Where a major accident occurs on a site [or in pipeline] the occupier shall [within 48 hours notify]
the concerned authority as identified in Sch. V of that accident and furnish thereafter to the
concerned authority a report relating to the accidents in installments, if necessary, in Sch.VI
b) The concerned authority shall on receipt of the report in accordance with sub-rule 1 of this rule, shall
undertake a full analysis of the major accident and send the [requisite information within 90 days to
the ministry] of environment and forest through appropriate channals
c) An occupier shall notify to the concerned authority steps taken to avoid any repetition of such
occurrence on a site
d) The concerned authority shall compile information regarding major accidents and make available a
copy of the same to the ministry of environment and forests through appropriate channel.
e) The concerned authority shall in writing inform the occupier of any lacunae which in its opinion
needs to be rectified to avoid major accidents.
6. Industrial activity to which rules 7 to 15 apply –
1) rules 7 to 15 shall apply to –
a) An industrial activity in which there is involved a quantity of a hazardous chemical listed in column
2 of Son.III which is equal to or more than the quantity specified in the entry for that chemical. In
columns 3 and 4 [rules 10-12 only for column 4]
b) Isolated storage in which there is involved a quantity of a hazardous chemical listed in column 2 of
Sch.II which is equal to or more than the quality specified in the entry for that chemical in (Column
3and 4 [rule10-12 only for column 4]
2) For the purposes of rules 7 to 15 –

a) “New industrial activity” means an industrial activity which –
i. Commences after the date of coming into operation of these rules or
ii. If commenced before that date, is an industrial activity in which a modification has been made which
is likely to cover major accident hazards, and that activity shall be deemed to have commenced on
the date on which the modification was made
An “Existing industrial activity” means an industrial activity which is not a new industrial activity.
7. [Approval and notification of sites] –
1) An occupier shall not undertake any industrial activity [unless he has been granted an approval for
undertaking such an activity and has submitted] a written report to the concerned authority
containing the particulars specified in Sch.VII atleast 3 months before commencing that activity or
before such shorter time as the concerned authority may agree and for the purpose of this paragraph,
an activity in which subsequently there is or is liable to be a threshold quantity or more of an
additional hazardous chemical shall be deemed to be a different activity and shall be notified
accordingly.
2) The concerned authority within 60 days form the date of receipt of the report, shall approve the
report submitted and on consideration of the report if it is of the opinion that contravention of the
provisions of the act or the rules made there under has taken place, it shall issue notice under rule
19]
8. Updating of the site notification following changes in the threshold quantity – where an activity
has been reported in accordance with rule 7 (1) and the occupier makes a change in it (Including an
increases or decreases in the maximum threshold quantity of hazardous chemical to which this rule
applies which is or is liable to be at the site or in the pipeline or at the cessation of the activity) which
affects the particulars specified in that report or an subsequent report made under this rule, the
occupier shall forthwhile furnish a further report to the concerned authority.
9. Transitional provisions – where –
a) At the date of coming into operation of these rules, an occupier is in control of an existing industrial
activity which is required to be reported under rule 7(1) or
b) Within 6 months after that date an occupier commences any such new industrial activity
It shall be a sufficient compliance with that rule if he reports to the concerned authority as per the
particulars in sch VII within 3 months after the date of coming into operation of these rules or within
such longer time as the concerned authority may agree in writing.
10. [Safety reports and safety audit reports] –
1) Subject to the following paragraphs of this rule, an occupier shall not undertake any industrial
activity to which this rule applies, unless he has prepared a safety report on that industrial activity
containing the information specified in Sch. VII and has sent a copy of that report to the concerned
authority at least ninety days before commencing that activity.
2) In the case of a new industrial activity which an occupier commences, or by virtue of sub-rule (2)
(a) (ii) of rule 6 is deemed to commence, within 6 months after coming into operation of these rules,
it shall be a sufficient compliance with sub-rule (1) of this rule if the occupier sends to the concerned
authority a copy of the report required in accordance with that sub-rule within ninety days after the
date of coming into operation of these rules.
3) In case of an existing industrial activity, the occupier shall prepare a safety report in consultation
with the concerned authority and submit the same within or 9 year from the date of the
commencement of the manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals [Amendment] rules,
1994 to the concerned authority.
4) After the commencement of the manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals
[Amendment] rules, 1994, the occupiers of both the new and the existing industrial activities shall
carry out an independent safety audit of the respective industrial activities with the help of an expert,
not associated with such industrial activities.
5) The occupier shall forward a copy of the auditor’s report along with his comments to the concerned
authority within 30 days after the completion of such audit.
6) The occupier shall update the safety audit report once a year by conducting a fresh safety audit and
forward a copy of it with his comments thereon within 30 days to the concerned authority.
7) The concerned authority may if it doens fit, issue improvement notice under rule 19 within 45 days
of the submission of the said report.
11. Updating of reports under rule 10 –
1) Where an occupier has made a safety report in accordance with sub-rule (1) of rule 10 he shall not
make any modification to the industrial activity to which that safety report relates which could
materially affect the particulars in that report, unless he has made a further report to take account of
those modifications and has sent a copy of that report to the concerned authority at least 90 days
before making those modifications.
2) Where an occupier has made a report in accordance with rule 10 and sub-rule (1) of this rule and
that industrial activity is continuing, the occupier shall within three years of the date of the last such
report, make a further report which shall have regard in particular to new technical knowledge which
has affected the particulars in the previous report relating to safety and hazard assessment, and shall
within 30 days send a copy of the report to the concerned authority.
12. Requirement for the further information to be sent to the authority –
Where in accordance with rule 10 an occupier has sent a safety report and the safety audit report relating
to an industrial activity to the concerned authority.
The concerned authority may, by a notice served on the occupier, require him to provide such additional
information as may be specified in the notice and the occupier shall send that information to the
concerned authority within 90 days.
13. Preparation of on-site emergency plan by the occupier –
1) An occupier shall prepare and keep up-to-date an on-site emergency plan containing details specified
in Sch.II and detailing how major accidents will be dealt with on the site on which the industrial
activity is carried on and that plan shall include the name of the person who is responsible for safety
on the site and the names of those who are organized to take action in accordance with the plan in
case of an emergency.
2) The occupier shall ensure that the emergency plan prepared in accordance with sub-rule (1), takes
into account any modification made in the industrial activity and that every person on the site who
is affected by the plan is informed of its relevant provisions.
3) The occupier shall prepare the emergency plan required under sub-rule (1)
a) In the case of a new industrial activity, before that activity is commenced
b) In the case of an existing industrial activity within 80 days of coming into operation of these rules.
4) The occupier shall ensure that a mock drill of the on-site emergency plan is conducted every six
months
5) A detailed report of the mock drill conducted under sub-rule (4) shall be made immediately available
to the concerned authority
14. Preparation of off-site emergency plans by the authority –
1) It shall be the duty of the concerned authority as identified in column 2 of Son.V to prepare and keep
up-to-date an adequate off-site emergency plan containing particulars specified in Sch.XII and
detailing how emergencies relating to a possible major accident on that site will be dealt with an in
preparing that plan the concerned authority shall consult the occupier, and such other persons as it
may deem necessary.
2) For the purpose of enabling the concerned authority to prepare the emergency plan required under
sub rule (1) the occupier shall provide the concerned authority with such information relating to the
industrial activity under his control as the concerned authority may require, including the nature,
extent and likely effects off-site of possible major accidents and the authority shall provide the
occupier with any information from the off-site emergency plan which relates to his duties under
rule 13.
3) The concerned authority shall prepare its emergency plan required under, sub-rule (1)
a) In the case of an new industrial activity, before that activity is commenced
b) In the case of an existing industrial activity, within six months of coming into operation of these
rules.
4) The concerned authority shall ensure that a rehearsal of the off-site emergency plan is conducted at
least one in a calendar year.
15. Information to be given to persons liable to be affected by a major accident –
1) The occupier shall take appropriate steps to inform persons outside the site either directly or through
district emergency authority who are likely to be in an area which may be affected by a major
accident about –
a) The nature of the major accident hazard, and
b) The safety measures and the ‘Dos’ and ‘Donts’ which should be adopted in the event of a major
accident.
2) The occupier shall take the steps required under sub-rule (1) to inform persons about an industrial
activity before that activity is commenced, except, in the case of an existing industrial activity in
which case the occupier shall comply with the requirements of sub-rule (1) within 90 days of coming
into operation of these rules.
16. Disclosures of information –
1) Where for the purpose of evaluating information notified under the rules 5 or 7 to 15, the concerned
authority discloses that information to some other person, that other person shall not use that
information for any purpose except for the purpose of the concerned authority disclosing it, and
before disclosing the information the concerned authority shall inform that other person of his
obligations under this paragraph.
17. Collection, development and dissemination of information –
1) This rule shall apply to an industrial activity in which a hazardous chemical which satisfies any of
the criteria laid down in part I of Sch. I or listed in column 2 of part II of this schedule is or may be
involved
2) An occupier, who has control of an industrial activity in term of sub-rule 1 of this rule, shall arrange
to obtain or develop information in the form of safety data sheet as specified in Sch IX. The
information shall be accessible upon request for reference.
3) The occupier while obtaining or developing a safety data sheet as specified in Sch.IX in respect of
a hazardous chemical handled by him shall ensure that the information is recorded accurately and
reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard. In case, any significant information
regarding hazard of a chemical is available, it shall be added to the material safety data sheet as
specified in Sch. IX as soon as practicable.
4) Every container of a hazardous chemical shall be clearly organize or marked to identify.
a) The contents of the container
b) The name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous chemical
The physical, chemical and toxicological data as per the criteria given at part I of Sch I.
5) In terms of sub-rule 4 of this rule where is impractical to label a chemical in view of the size of the
container or the nature of the package, provision should be made for other effective means like
tagging or accompanying documents.
18. Import of hazardous chemicals –
1) This rule shall apply to a chemical which satisfies any of the criteria laid down in part I of sch. I or
listed in column 2 of part II of this schedule
2) Any person responsible for importing hazardous chemicals in india shall provide before 30 days or
an reasonable possible but not later than the date of import to the concerned authorities as identified
in column 2 of sch. V the information pertaining to –
i. The name and address of the person receiving the consignment in india
ii. The port of entry in india
iii. Mode of transport from the exporting country in india
iv. The quantity of chemicals being imported and
v. Complete product safety information
3) If the concerned authority of the state is satisfied that the chemical being imported is likely to cause
major accidents, it may direct the imported to take such safety measures as the concerned authority
of the state may deem appropriate
(3-A) in case the concerned authority of the state is of the opinion that the chemical should not be
imported on safety or on environmental considerations, such authority may direct stoppage of such
import
4) The concerned authority at the state shall simultaneously inform the concerned port authority to take
appropriate steps regarding safe handling and storage of hazardous chemicals while off-loading the
consignment within the port premises.
5) Any person importing hazardous chemicals shall maintain the records of the hazardous chemicals
imported as specified in Sch. X and the records so maintained shall be open for inspection by the
concerned authority at the state of the ministry of environment and forests or any officer appointed
by them in this behalf.
6) The importer of the hazardous chemical or a person working on his behalf shall ensure that transport
of hazardous chemicals from port of entry to the ultimate destination is in accordance with the central
motor vehicles rules, 1989 framed under the provisions of the motor vehicles act, 1988.
19. Improvement notices –
1) If the concerned authority is of the opinion that a person has contravened the provision of these rules,
the concerned authority shall serve on him a notice (in this paragraph referred to as “an improvement
notice”) requiring that person to remedy the contravention or as the case may be, the matters
occasioning it within 45 days.
2) A notice served under sub-rule (1) shall clearly specify the measures to be taken by the occupier in
remedying said contraventions.
Schedule I
[See rules 2(a) (I), A(1) (a), 4(2), 17 & 18]
Part I
a) Toxic chemicals: Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and which owing to their
physical and chemical properties, are capable of producing major accident hazards.
Sr. No Toxicity LD 50 Oral toxicity LD Dermal toxicity Inhalation
(mg/kg) 50mg/kg LO 50(mg/l)
1 Extremely toxic >5 <40 <0.5
2 Highly toxic >5-50 >40-200 <0.5-2.0
3 toxic >50-200 >200-1000 >2-10
b) Flammable chemicals
i. Flammable gases, gases which at 200 and or standard pressure of 191.3 Kpa are:-
a) Ignitable when in a mixture of 19 per cent or less by volume with air, of
b) Have a flammable range with air of atleast 12 percentage points regardless of the lower flammable
limits.
Note: The flammability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with methods
adopted by international standards organization ISO number 10156 of 1990 or by bureau of indian
standards ISI number 1446 of 1985.
ii. Extremely flammable liquids, chemicals which have from point lower than or equal to 23C and
boiling points less than 35C.
iii. Very highly flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point lower than or equal to 23C and
initial boiling point higher than 35C
iv. Highly flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point lower than or equal to 60C but
higher than 23C.
v. Flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point higher than 60C but lower than 90C.
Explosives: explosives means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance (or a mixture of substances) or
an article.
a) Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction or producing fas at such a temperature and pressure
and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings,
b) Which is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these
as the result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reaction.
Part II
List of hazardous chemicals
Schedule II
[see rules 2(e)(II), 4(1)(b), [4(2)] and 6(1)(b)]
Isolated storage at installations other than those covered by sch.IV
a) The threshold quantities set out below relate to each installation or group of installations belonging
to the same occupier where the distance between installations is not sufficient to avoid, in
[foreseeable] circumstances, any aggravation of major accident hazards. These threshold quantities
apply in any case to each group of installations belonging to the same occupier where the distance
between the installation is less than 500 meters.
b) For the purpose of determining the threshold quantity of hazardous chemical at an isolated storage
account shall also be taken of any hazardous chemical which is:-
i. In that part of any pipeline under the control of the occupier having control of the site, which is
within 500 meters of that site and connected to it
ii. At any other site under the control of the same occupier any part of the boundary of which is
within 500 meters of the said site, and
iii. In any vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraoft under the control of same occupier which is used
for storage purpose either at the site or within 500 meters of it
But no account shall be taken of any hazardous chemical which is in a vehicle, vessel, aircraft or
hovercraft used for transporting it.
SI No. Chemicals Threshold Quantities (tones)
[For application of rules 4,5,7 [For application of rules 10 to
to 9 and 13 to 15] 12]
1 Ammonia 60 600
2 Chlorine 10 25
3 Hydrogen Sulphide 5 50
4 Carbon disulphide 20 200
a) This applies to ammonium nitrate and mixtures of ammonium nitrate where the nitrogen content
derived from the ammonium nitrate is greater than 28 per cent, by weight and to aqueous solutions
of ammonium nitrate where the concentration of ammonium nitrate is greater than 90 percent by
weight.
b) This applies to straight ammonium nitrate fertilizers and to compound fertilizers where the nitrogen
content derived from the ammonium nitrate is greater than 28 percent by weight (a compound
fertilizer contains ammonium nitrate together with phosphate and/or potash)
Schedule III
[see rules 2(e)(III), 5 and 6(1)(a)]
List of hazardous chemicals for application of part I
Name of chemicals
SI No. Chemical Threshold Quantity
For application of For application of
rules 5,7 to 9 and 13 rules 10 to 12
and 15
Group 2 – Toxic Chemicals
1 Ammonia 50 t 500 t
2 Bromine 40 t 500 t
3 Chlorine 10 t 25 t
4 Hydrogen sulphide 5t 50 t
5 Sulphur dioxide 20 t 250 t
6 Sulphur trioxide 15 t 75 t
Group 3 – Highly Reactive Chemicals

1 Acatyine (ethyne) 5t ---
2 Hydrogen 2t 50 t
3 Liquid oxygen 200 t 200 t
Pat II
Classes of substance as defined in Part I, Sch. I and not specially named in Part I of this schedule
1 2 3 4
Group 5 – Flammable Substances
1 Flammable gases 15 T 200 T
2 Extremely flammable liquids 1000 T 5000 T
3 Very high flammable liquids 1500 T 10000 T
4 Highly flammable liquids which 25 T 200 T
remain liquid under pressure
5 Highly flammable liquids 2500 T 20000 T
6 Flammable liquids 5000 T 50000 T
Schedule VII
[See rule 7(1)]
Information to be furnished for the notification of sites
Schedule VII
[See rule 10(1)]
Information to be furnished in a safety report
1. The name and address of the person furnishing the information
2. Description of the industrial activity
3. Description of the processes
4. Description of the hazardous chemicals
5. Information of the preliminary hazard analysis
6. Description of safety – relevant units, among others
a. Special design criteria
b. Controls and alarms
c. Special relief systems
d. Quick-acting valves
e. Collecting tanks/dump tank
f. Sprinkler system
g. Fire-fighting etc.
7. Information of the hazard assessment
8. Description of information on organized system used to carry on the industrial activity safety,
namely-
a. Maintenance and inspection schedule
b. Guidelines for the training of personnel
c. Allocation and delegation of responsibility for plant safety
d. Implementation of safety procedures.

9. Information on assessment of the consequences of major accidents
10. Information on the mitigation of major accidents namely.
a. Fire brigade
b. Alarm systems
c. Emergency plan containing system of “organized” used to fight the emergency the alarm and the
communication routes, guidelines for fighting the emergency, information about hazardous
chemicals, and examples of possible accident sequences.
d. Co-ordination with the district emergency authority and its off-site emergency plan.
e. Notification of the nature and scope of the hazards in the event of an accident.
f. Antidotes in the event of a release of a hazardous chemicals.
Schedule IX
[see rule 17]
Material safety data sheet
Schedule XI
[see rule 13(1)]
Details to be furnished in the on-site emergency plan
1. Name and address of the person furnishing the information.
2. Key personnel of the organized (II) and responsibilities assigned to them in case of an emergency.
3. Outside organized (II) if involved in assisting during on-site emergency:
a. Type of accidents
b. Responsibility assigned
4. Details of lialson arrangement between the organized (II)
5. Information on the preliminary hazard analysis:
a. Type of accidents
b. System elements or events that can lead to a major accident
c. Hazards
d. Safety relevant components
6. Details about the site
a. Location of dangerous substances
b. Seat of key personnel
c. Emergency control room
7. Description of hazardous chemicals at plant site
a. Chemicals (Quantities and toxicological data)
b. Transformation if any which could occur
c. Purity of hazardous chemicals
8. Likely dangers to the plant
9. Enumerate effects of:
i. Stress and strain caused during normal operation
ii. Fire and explosion inside the plant and effect, if any of fire explosion outside.
10. Details regarding:
i. Warning alarm and safety and security systems.
ii. Alarm and hazard control plans in lina with disaster control and hazard control planning, ensuring
the necessary technical and organization precautions.
iii. Reliable measuring instruments, control units and servicing of such equipments.
iv. Precautions in designing of the foundation and load bearing parts of the building.
v. Continuous surveillance of operations.
vi. Maintenance and repair work according to the generally organized (II) rules of good engineering
practices.
11. Details of communication facilities available during emergency and those required for an off-site
emergency.
12. Details of fire-fighting and other facilities available and those required for an off-site emergency.
13. Details of first aid and hospital services available and its adequacy.
CHAPTER 20 CHEMICAL ACCIDENT RULES

The rules on chemical accidents (Emergency Planning Preparedness and Response) compliments the set
of rules on accident prevention and preparedness notified under the environment (protection) act, 1986
entitled in 1989 as manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals rules which envisage the
four-tier crisis management system in the country. The rules were notified on 2nd August 1996 by the
ministry of environment and forests.
The rules provide for statutory back-up for setting up of crisis group in districts and states which have
major accident hazard installations (MAH) and providing information to the public.
The rules define the major accident hazard installations which include industrial activity, transport and
isolated storage at a site handling hazardous chemicals in quantities specified.
As per the rules, the government of india is to constitute a central crisis group for the management of
chemical accidents and set up an alert system.
The chief secretaries of all the states are to constitute standing state crisis groups. The district collector
shall not only constitute a district crisis group, but also constitute local crisis group for every industrial
pocket in the district.
Emergency planning, preparedness and response for chemical accidents rules, 1995
Ministry of environment & forests notification – 1995
In exercise of the powers conferred by:
 Section 8.8 and 25 of the environment (protection) act, 1985 (29 of 1986)
 In conjunction with rules 13, 14, 15 of the manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals
rules 1989 (Amended in 1994) and
 The public liability insurance act, 1991 and with a view to protecting the general public from
chemical accidents the central government hereby makes the above rules.
Rules no.2: Application:
1. These rules shall be applicable to the whole of india
2. These rules shall apply to district and states where MAH installations are located.
3. These rules shall also apply to district and states where hazardous chemicals are handled and
transported in quantities specified in column 3 of schedule 2&3 of the MSIHC rules.
Rule no.3: Definitions:
In these rules unless the context otherwise requires;
1. "Handling" means the manufacture, processing treatment, package, storage, transportation, use,
collection, destruction, conversion, offering for sale, transfer or the like of such substances;
2. "Hazardous Chemical" is as defined in the MSIHC rules, 1989
3. "Industrial Activity" means
i. An operation or process carried out in an industrial installations referred to in schedule 4 of the
MSIHC rules, 1989
ii. Isolated storage
iii. Pipe line
Rule no. 4: Constitution of central state and district level crisis groups:
1. Central crisis group (CCG):-
The government of India shall constitute a CCG for management of chemical disasters and set up
an alert system within 30 days of this notification.
2. Standing state crisis group (SSCG):-

The chief secretary of all the states shall constitute a SSCG to plan and respond to chemical
emergencies in the state and notify the same in the gazette within 45 days from the date of this
notification.
 District level crisis group (DLCG):-
The district collector of every district shall constitute and notify a DLCG to plan and respond to the
chemical emergencies in the district with 60 days from the date of this notification.
Rule no. 5: Composition of CCG, SSCG and DLCG
1. The CCG shall comprise of :-
 Secretary, environment & forests chairman
 JT. Secretary/Adviser (E&F) Member Secretary
 JT. Secretary (Labour) Member
 JT. Secretary/Adviser (Chem. & Petro Chem.) Member
 Director General, Civil Defence Member
 Fire Adviser DGCA Member
 Chief controller of Explosive Member
 JT. Secretary (Dept. Industries) Member
 Director General, ICMR Member
 Joint Secretary (Health) Member
 Chairman, CPCB Member
 Director General, ICAR Member
 Director General, CSIR Member
 4, Experts (Safety & Health) Member
 JT. Secretary (Fertilizers) Member
 Director General (Telecom) Member
 2, Representatives of industries Member
 JT. Secretary (Surface Transport) Member
 General Manager (Rail Safety) Member
 Adviser, Directorate of Defence Explosive Safety Member
 Representative of ICMA Member
The committee may co-opt members/experts as necessary
2. The SSCG shall comprise of
 Chief Secretary Chairman
 Secretary (Environment) Member Secretary
 Secretary (Labour) Member
 Secretary (Health) Member
 Secretary (Pub. Health Engg.) Member
 Chairman SPCB (State Pollution Control Board) Member
 4, Experts (Safety & Health) Member
 Secretary/Commissioner (Transport) Member
 Chief inspector of factories (DISH) Member
 Fire chief Member
 Police Commissioner Member
 Industry Representative Member
The committee may co-opt members/experts

3. The DLCG shall comprise of
 District controller Chairman
 District Emergency Office Member Secretary
 Inspector of Factories /(DISH) Member
 Chief Fire Officer Member
 Dy. Supdt. Of Police Member
 District health Officer/CMO Member
 Commissioner, Municipal Corporation Member
 Dept. of PHED Member
 Rep. of SPCB (State Pollution Control Board) Member
 District Agr. Officer Member
 4 Experts (Safety & Health) Member
 Transport Commissioner Member
 Representative of Industry Member
 Chairman, Local Level Groups Member
Rule no. 6: Functions of groups
1. Functions of the CCG
 It shall deliberate on problems arising out of a contingency due to a major chemical accident, suggest
a course of action to organize the effects of the accident, provide expert guidance for planning and
handling major chemical accidents in country.
 It shall review, select hazard analysis reports of industrial pockets for its adequacy and suggest
measures to reduce risks;
 It shall review progress reports submitted by SSCG every 6 months;
 It shall respond to all queries addressed by SSCG & DLCG
 In case of chemical emergency in a state, the chairman, CCG shall keep in touch with the chairman,
SSCG and provide technical & infrastructure help;
2. Functions of the SSCG:
To deliberate on chemical emergency, preparedness, planning and mitigation with a view to reducing
emergencies, loss of life, property and III health in the state.
3. Functions of DLCG:
 Officials and technical experts in the group shall help district collector in the preparation of District
Off-site Emergency plan;
 It shall review all On-Site emergency plans prepared by the occupier of MAH units for preparation
of District Off-Site plan along with hazards caused by transportation including pipelines;
 It shall assist District Collector in the event of a chemical emergency.
 Ask for technical and infrastructural help from chairman, SSCG
 It shall conduct at least one full scale mock drill of chemical accident at site and forward a copy of
the strength and weakness of the trial to the Chairman, SSCG.
Rule no.8: Composition of the LLG:
 Sub-Divisional Magistrate/District Emergency Authority Chairman
 Industries in the District/Industrial Area/Industrial Pocket Member
 Transporters of Hazardous Chemicals Member
 Inspector of Factories Member
 Fire Officer Member
 SHO (Police) Member

 Community Leader/Sarpanch/Village Pradhan Member
 Non-Govt Organization Member
 M.L.A Member
 Eminent Local Doctors Member
 Social Workers/NGO’s Member
Rule no.9: Functions of the LLG:
 It shall arrange to train the personnel involved in ‘Emergency Management’
 It shall arrange for resources and conduct mock trials.
 It shall inform the population likely to be affected in an accident about the remedies and existing
preparedness in the area.
 Local industries shall finance the working of the LLG.
 Public can request the LLG for any information regarding hazards in their locality.
 Respond to all public enquiry’s on the subject.
Rule no. 10: Powers:
1. All members of CCG, SSCG and DLCG shall have right to enter at all reasonable times, any site or
vehicle where hazardous chemicals are handled for the purpose.
Of ascertaining the adequacy of safety measures and occupier is bound to render all assistance.
2. The member shall submit a report of his inspection to the chairman of concerned group within 10
days.
3. On the basis of this report the concerned authority in the group shall issue directions. If necessary,
the concerned installation within 30 days.
CHAPTER 21 THE CENTRAL MOTOR VEHICLES RULES

Rule 129 – Transportation of goods of dangerous or hazardous nature to human life.
Every owner of a goods carriage transporting any dangerous or hazardous goods shall comply with
following conditions:
 Display a distinct mark of the Class labels on vehicle & package.
 If packages represent two hazards such packages shall display distinct labels to indicate both the
hazards.
 Every carriage shall be equipped with safety equipment and shall be fitted with techograph (an
instrument to record the lapse of running time, time speed maintained, acceleration, deceleration
etc).
Rule 129 A – Every carriage shall be fitted with a spark arrestor.
Rule 130 – Manner of display of class labels.
Rule 131 – Responsibility of the consignor for safe transport of dangerous or hazardous goods.
Consignor should ensure;
 The carriage has a valid registration to carry the said goods.
 The vehicle is equipped with necessary first-aid, safety equipment and antidotes.
 The transports or the owner of the vehicle has information about the hazardous goods being
transported.
 The driver is trained in handling the dangers posed during transport of such goods.
 Every consignor shall supply to the owner the information about the dangerous or hazardous goods
being transported and risks created by such goods to health or safety of any person.
Rule 132 – Responsibility of the transporters or owner of goods carriage.
The transporters or owner shall ensure;
 The carriage has a valid registration and the paid carriage is safe for the transport of hazardous goods.
 Vehicle is equipped with first-aid, safety equipment, tool box and antidotes.
 The driver of such carriage is given all the relevant information in writing and he is capable of taking
appropriate action in case of the emergency and holds a required license and permit.
 The owner of the goods carriage and the consignor of such goods shall lay down route for each trip.
They also fix a time table for each trip to the destination and back.
Rule 133 – Responsibility of Driver
The driver shall ensure that
 The information given to him in writing is kept in the driver’s cabin and he has taken TERM Card,
instruction sheets from the consignor.
 The driver shall have knowledge of emergency actions required in case of accident and also he shall
be aware of the parking places which are safe from fire, explosion and any other risk to any person.
Rule 134 – Emergency Information Panel
Every goods carriage shall be legibly and conspicuously marked with an Emergency Information Panel
in each of the three places as indicated in the rules.
INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION (I.L.O)

After the World War II, ILO was founded by the Government of some countries in 1919 with its office
at Geneva. Today member states are over 120, the purpose of the establishment being “international
collaboration in securing permanent peace of the world and eliminating social injustice through the
improvement of the conditions of labor.”
The Chief of the establishment is “Director General” elected by the Governing body consisting of 24
government representative, 12 management representative and 12 labor representatives, which itself if
elected by the representative of various member countries. The permanent secretariat office of ILO is at
Geneva which is also cleaning house for international information and research. ILO has field network
in most part of the world. Governing body meets 3 times in a year, annual international conference is
held which is attended by 2 government representative, management representative and 1 labor
representative from each member country speaking and voting individually. ILO has international
institution for labor studies in Geneva and it hold special conference, special technical meetings and has
many research committees at Geneva and all over the world.
ILO became the first specialized agency associated with UNO in 1946. Over years it had built up large
body of international agreements (convention) and recommendation relating to basic rights of labor,
employment and training, condition of work, social security and protection at work. ILO has been of
great value to countries embarking on new safety and health legislation or to those engaging refining
existing legislation.
Since inception in 1919, ILO has adopted over 300 international instruments- convention and
recommendations. “Convention” is a legal document regulating some aspects of labor administration
and social welfare of human rights. Convention creates binding obligation by virtue of its ratification by
the member state concerned. “Recommendation” is complementary to a convention except that it is not
subject to ratification. The activities of ILO in the field of Occupational Safety & Health can be broadly
classified under the following heading:
Standard setting and research
Main task before the ILO was to set international standard for improving conditions of life and work.
Covering all matters concerning occupational hygiene, welfare and health. ILO has issued number of
codes of practice which are framed in the form of sets of detailed rules proposed for a special branch of
activity such as safety & health in dock work, agriculture work, forestry work etc. These codes are
supported by guides and manuals.
Exchange of technology information and research
ILO has set up in 1960 the International Occupational Safety and Health information center. It has
published over 150 different studies, Safety course, and Safety & Health films. Information cards and
bulletins are printed and sent to subscribers on monthly basis. The center is supplied with information
by national centers in addition to that submitted directly by authors and experts. All information is
supplied to those interested rapidly. A new encyclopedia on OSH has been published which comprises
of 100 articles written by 600 specialists drawn from 60 countries.
Technical Co-Operation activity
ILO has full expertise to give all kind of assistance to government, industries, institutes, labor
organization in relation with OSH, by sending experts to evaluate condition, to help revise legislation,
suggesting for preventing Occupational Disease and accidents, providing advance technology
equipment for laboratory/ teaching purpose etc. ILO helps in conducting seminars, training course in
various countries on regional basis, grants fellowship for studies and research in OSH.
In 1944, on completion of 25 yr, after World War II, International Conference meeting was held at
Philadelphia-USA. In the declaration in this meeting the AIMS of ILO were redefined as: (which also
stands as a charter of rights of worker all over the world)
1) Labor is not commodity.
2) Freedom of expression and of association is essential to sustained program.
3) Poverty anywhere constitutions a danger to prosperity everywhere.
4) Adequate protection for the life and health of worker in all occupation.
C 155 - Occupational safety and Health convention, 1981
 Place of adaptation :- Geneva
 Session of conference:- 67
 Date of adoption :- 22.6.1981
# MAIN AIM OF CONVENTION WAS TO GIVE PROPOSALS AS REGARDS TO SHE
ART 3
 This convention applies to all workers in the branches of "economic activity" covered all branches
in which workers are employed including public service.
 The term "worker" covers all employed persons including public employees.
 "Work place" covers all places where workers need to be or to go by reason of their work & which
are under direct or indirect control of employer
 "Regulation" covers all provisions given by force if law by the competent authority/ies
ART 4, 5, 6
Principles of National policy:
 Each member shall in light of national conditions and practice and in consultation with the most
representative organizations of employers and workers formulate, implement and periodically
review the coherent national policy on occupational safety, occupational health and working
environment.
 Aim of policy shall be to prevent accidents and injury to health arising out of , linked with or
occurring in course of work by minimizing so far as is reasonably practical the causes of hazards in
her out in the working environment.
This convention will take account of following main spheres of action:
 Designing, testing, choice, substitution, arrangement and use and maintenance of the material
elements of work (work places, working environment tools machinery and equipment, chemical,
physical, biological substances and agents, work process)
 Relationship between the material elements of work and the person who supervises work.
 Training and retraining at all level of people to achieve adequate level of safety and health.
 Communication and co-operation of the level of working group undertaking including national level.
 Protection of workers and their representatives from disciplinary measures as a result of action
properly taken by them.
 Convention shall indicate respective function and responsibilities in respect of S.H.E of public
authorities, employers, workers and others
Art 8 to 15
Action of national level
 Each member will take appropriate steps necessary to give effect to policy decided, such as
 Enforcement of laws concerning O.S.H.E by adequate and appropriate system of inspection.
 Providing adequate penalties for violation of law

Competent Authorities shall ensure that the following functions are progressively carried out-
 Determine degree of hazards and for safe function govern the design, construction and layout of U/T
 Prohibit /control the exposure to the process/substances/agents hazardous to health/
 Notification of occupational accidents and diseases to workers, insurance authorities and production
of annual statistics on occupational accidents and diseases.
 Holding injuries for occupational accidents/diseases or any injury to health arise in course of or in
connection with work.
 Annual publication of information on measures taken for serious occupational
Accidents/diseases/injuries occurred.
 Compel the designers/ manufacturers/importers of machinery and equipment, substances to ensure
safety of those who are using it safety/correctly, make available the information of correct
installation use and maintenance of machinery , information of hazards, dangerous properties of
chemical substances and undertake studies and research for safe use of each.
Art 16-21
Action at the level of (undertaking):-
 Employers used to ensure as is reasonably practicable for the machinery, workplace, equipment and
process. Under their control are safe and without risk to health of employees and others.
 Chemical, physical and biological substances and agents under their control are without risk to health
when appropriate measures are taken.
 Provide necessary adequate protective clothing and protective equipment's to prevent risk of
accidents/diseases/adverse effects on health.
 Take care and play for delivers with emergencies, provide adequate first –Aid arrangements.
 Workers need to co-operate with employer in the field of Occupational Safety and Health, be given
training, be given adequate information about measures taken by employer to secure Occupational
Safety and Health, do not disclose commercial secrets
 If sufficient justification given by the worker for serious danger to his life and health, exists at
particular workplace/process, employers cannot require workers to return to that work situation
#Ratification of this convention shall be communicated to the Director General of I.L.O. office for
registration. Time limit: - 12 months.
R 164: Occupational Safety And Health Recommendation, 1981
 Place: Geneva,
 Session of conference: - 67
 Date of Adoption: 22.6.1981,
 Total Articles : 17 ,
 Total sections : V
Parts (I) Scope and definitions:
 The terms "Branches of economic activity," "Workers", "Workplace", "regulations" "health" in
relation to work (which indicates not only absence of diseases or infirmity, it also includes physical
and mental elements affecting health which are directly related to safety and hygiene at work) are
explained just like given in convention.
(II) Technological Fields of Action: (Industries)
Measures need be taken for eliminating hazards at their source for different branches of economic-
activity in following fields: (18 fields given, few are :)
1. Design, siting, structural features, installation, repair/maintenance of work places
2. Lighting, ventilation, order & cleanliness of workplaces
3. Temperature, humidity & movement of air at w/p
4. Design, construction, use, maintains, testing & inspection of machinery and equipment liable to
present hazard
5. Prevention of harmful physical and mental stress due to condition of work.
6. Handling, stacking and storage of loads and materials manually or mechanically ,
7. Manufacture, packing, labeling, transport, storage and use of dangerous substances and agents and
disposal of their wastes and residues.
8. Radiation protection.
9. Prevention, control and protection against occupational hazards such as noise and vibration.
10. Prevention of fires and explosions and measures to take
11. Design, manufacture, supply, use, testing, maintenance of P.P.E.
12. Sanitary installation, washing facilities, facilities for changing and storing clothing, supply of
drinking water and welfare facilities connected with Occupational Safety And Health
13. First-Aid treatment
14. Establishing emergency plans
15. Safety from electricity
16. Supervision of health of workers
(III) Action at the level of nation:
With view to giving effect to the policy referred to Article 4 of convention, competent authority /ies of
each country should:-
 Issue regulations and code of practice concerning the links existing between safety and health on
one hand and hours of work and rest breaks on other hand
 Time to time taking review of legislative concerning Occupational Safety, Health and Environment
 Promote studies and research to identify hazards; and find means to overcome them
 Provide information and advice to employers, and workers and promote co-operation between them
in view to eliminate hazards and arrange training programs
 Secure good liaison I.L.O and members for safety, hazard and alert systems.
 Appropriate measures for handicapped workers.
 Provide system of inspection.
 Competent authorities in consultation with representative organizations of employers and workers,
promote measure in the field of condition of work.( consistent with the policy in art.4)
 Co-ordinate activities in the field of O.S.H. & E. Which are organized/ exercised nationally,
regionally or locally by public authorities/ employers/ employees and their organizations &
representatives.
(IV) Action at the level of undertaking:
Obligations placed upon employers with the view to achieve the objective set forth in convention: -
 To provide and maintain workplaces, machinery & equipment, use work methods which are safe &
without risk.
 Give necessary instructions & training commensurate with functions & capacities of workers.
 Organizational arrangements need be made for O.S.H. & E
 Provide without cost to the worker, adequate protective clothing & equipment when hazards to be
prevented or controlled.
 Ensure proper work & rest breaks which shouldn't affect O.S.H. & E of workers.
 To take measures to reduce/ eliminate the excessive physical/mental fatigue. Undertake study and
research to keep abreast of scientific and technical knowledge.
Workers safety delegates/ safety & health committees/ workers representatives should:-
 Be given adequate information on safety & health matters
 Obtain the support of workers by consultation and proper explanation before carrying out of
implementation program of any major new safety & health measure & planning alteration of work
process/ work content
 Give protection from dismissed and other measures prejudicial to the workers (representative
members of committees) while exercising their function in the field of O.S.H.
 Be able to contribute to the decision-making process
 Have access to all parts of workplace and be able to communicate with the workers on S.H.E during
working hours at workplace.
 Free to contact labour inspectors
 Be able to contribute in negotiations in U/T on SHE.
 Have reasonable time to receive training related to SHE functions during working hours.
Employers should :- (Where the nature of operations warrants)-
 Be required to set out in writing their- policy and arrangements in the field of SHE fixing various
responsibilities exercised under those arrangements & bring this information to the notice of every
worker in the language they understand.
 Be required to verify the implementation of standards on OSH and undertake systematic safety
audits at regular intervals.
 Keep records of OSHE including all notified occupational accidents, injuries to health arise in the
course of work and also data concerning exposure to specified substances.
Workers should
 Take responsible care for their own safety & that of other persons who may be affected
 Comply with instructions for their own safety & health safety &health procedures
 Use safety devices & PPEs correctly & do not render them ineffective/ inoperative (no tamper)
 Report situation to believe-could present hazard and which can't be corrected by themselves to their
immediate supervisor
 Report any accident / injury to health which arises in course of work however small or miner to
safety person.
C 161 Occupational Health Services Convention, 1985
 Place:- Geneva,
 Session of conference – 71
 Date of adoption: 25.6.85 ,
 Total articals:23
# MAIN AIM OF CONVENTION: - REVIEW ADOPTION OF PREVIOUS CONVETION &
RECOMMENDATION REGARDING SHE AND TO GIVE FUTTHER GUIDELINES REGARDING
PROTECTION OF WORKERS AGAINST SICKNESS, DISEASES & INJURY ARISING OUT OF
HIS EMPLOYMENT.
ART 1-3 I
For the purpose of this convention : the term occupational health services means services entrusted with
essentially preventive functions and responsible for advising employer, workers and their
representatives in the undertaking on:-
 The requirements for the establishing & maintaining a safe & healthy working environment which
will facilitate optimal physical & mental health in relation to work and
 The adoption if work to the capabilities of workers in light of their state of physical & mental health.
The term "Workers representative" means persons who are recognized to such under national law or
practice, each such member shall formulate, implement and periodically review coherent policy on SHE,
undertake to develop progressively OHS for all workers, and establishments.
Art 4, 9
Functions
Following functions as regards to SHE shall be carried and shall be responsibility of each employer with
sufficient participation of workers:-
 Identification / Assessment of risks from health hazards in the workplace.
 Surveillance of factors in working environment and working practices which may affect workers
health, including sanitary installations, canteens housing provided by employer.
 Advice on planning &organization of work, design of workplace, maintenance & condition of
machinery and other equipment and hazardous substances used.
 Participating in the development programs for improvement of working practices as well as testing
& evaluation of health aspect of new plant/process/equipment.
 Advice on SHE, hygiene, ergonomics and individual and collective protective equipment.
 Surveillance on worker's health in relation to work
 Promoting the adaption of work to worker
 Contribution to measures of vocational rehabilitation
 Collaboration in providing information, education in the field of health hygiene and ergonomics.
 Organizing first-aid & emergency treatment
 Participation in analysis of Occupational Accidents/Diseases
Organization
 Provision shall be made for establishment of OHS by law or regulations, by collective agreements
of employer & workers, by any other manner approved by the competent authority after consultation
with representatives of employer & workers organization.
 Occupational health services may be organized as a service for a single U/T or as a service common
to number of U/T or public authorities, social security institutes , any other wordy authorized by
 Employer, workers and their representation shall co-operate in the implementation of OHS activities
and participate.
Art 9-23
Conditions of Operation
 In accordance with the national law & practice Occupational Health Services, should be
multidisciplinary .The composition & nature of duties to be performed shall be determined by
 Occupational health services shall carry out their functions with the others services in the U/T.
 Personal providing occupational Health services shall enjoy full professional independence from
employers, workers & their representatives.
 Competent authority shall determine the qualification required for such function (of OHS) according
to the nature of duties to be performed in particular work environment – nature of activity.
 Surveillance of workers health in relation to work shall involve no loss of earnings for them, shall
be free of charge as shall take place as far as possible during working hours.
 Workers, employers, occupational health services all three shall have knowledge of suspected hazard
factors at workplace & will inform freely to each other if they trace any during working.
Art 17:
The formal ratification of this convention shall be communicated to D.G of I.L.O Office for registration
by members as a binding.
R 171: Occupational Health services Recommendation, 1985
 Place: Geneva
 Session of conference: - 71,
 DOA :26/6/85
 Sections 5 parts
Principles of national policy/ Functions & Surveillance of the working environment
 Each member should develop progressively Occupational health service .Role of Occupational
health service should be essentially preventive.
 Surveillance of working environment should include: identification and evaluation of environment
factors which may affect workers health, assessment of the conditions of occupational hygiene,
assessment of collective and personal protective equipment, assessment of monitoring methods of
exposure of workers to hazards agents & their control systems to eliminate or reduce exposure.
 Such surveillance should be carried out in liaison with other technical services of U/T in co-operation
with workers, their representatives and safety committee.
 Surveillance reports needs be recorded and made available to employer, workers, representative's
etc.
 These data should be used to improve work environment competent authorities should have access
to it.
Occupational health services should:-
 Carry out monitoring of workers exposure to special health hazards.
 Supervise sanitary installations and other facilities to workers such as drinking water, canteens,
living accommodation when provided by employer.
 Advise on possible impact on workers’ health of the use of technologies/ materials.
 Advise on selection of equipment necessary for personal protection of workers against Occupational
Hazards.
 Collaborate in job analysis, methods of work to improve and adapt work environment.
 Participate in analysis of Occupational Accidents and Occupational Diseases and accident
prevention programme.
 Personal providing Occupational Health services should have free access to all workplaces,
installations, information concerning the process / products / performance standards / materials /
substances used.
Surveillance of workers Health:-
If should include all assessment to protect the health of workers as specified by competent authority
like.
 Pre-assignment to specific task which may involve a danger to health, conduct health assessment
tests & record
 Health Assessment at periodic intervals during employment which involves exposure to particular
hazard.
 Health assessment on resumption of work after long absence for health reasons for the purpose of
determining its possible occupational cause.
 Protect privacy of workers- & it should be used for discriminatory purpose. Occurrence of ill health
due to Occupational health hazard should be informed to Occupational Health services
 Occupational health services should record data on workers' health in personal confidential files
 On completing prescribed medical examination for the purpose of determining fitness for work
involving exposure to a particular hazard, the physician should communicate his conclusions in
writing to worker and employer both, and may indicate fitness for proposed assignment temporarily
/permanently (Find alternate employment in the U/T) or author appropriate solution.
 Such detected diseases be notified to employer, workers and workers representatives
Information, Education, Training & advice:
 Occupational health services should participate in designing and implementing programmers of
information/Education /training on health & hygiene.
 OHS should participate in training and regular training of first –Aid personal and in progressive
/continuous training of all workers in U/T. who contribute OHS.
 OHS should act as advisers on OHS and ergonomic to employer, workers and their representative.
 Workers should be informed in adequate/ appropriate manner of health hazards involved in his work.
 OHS should provide workers with personal advice concerning their health in relation to their work.
First Aid, Treatment & Health programs
 Taking into accounts national law & practice, OHS in U/T should provide first- aid and emergency
treatment in case of accidents.
 Carry out immunization's in respect of biological hazards in work environment
 Take part in campaigns for protection of health.
 Collaborate with authorities within the framework of public health programs.
 Participate in the functions related to treatment of workers who have resumed work after absence
due to health problem, treatment of victims of Occupational Accidents, treatment of Occupational
Diseases and impairment aggravated by work medical aspects of vocational rehabilitation.
 OHS should analyses the results of the surveillances of workers health & of working environment,
should draw plans & reports at appropriate intervals concerning activities & health conditions in
U/T & such reports make available to employer, employees, worker-representatives and competent
authorities, use the same for research purposes.
 OHS should as for as possible be located within or near the place of employment, by U/T or by the
group of U/Ts public authorities or social security.
Conditions of operations:
 OHS should have sufficient trained institution and experienced technical personnel in the fields of
Occupational Medicines, hygiene, ergonomics, Occupational health nursing etc.
 OHS in addition should have necessary administrative personal for their operation.
 Professional independence of all personnel functional in OHS should be safeguarded. OHS has to
observe professional secrecy as regards to both medical and technical secrecy as regards to both
medical & technical information collected & kept on record, and should have access to all facilities.
C 167: Safety & Health in construction convention, 1988
 Place: -Geneva,
 Session : 75
 D.O.A : 20/06/1988
 Articles: - 44
THE AIM OF THIS CONVENTION IS PROPOSALS FOR SAFETY GOOD HEALTH & WORK
ENVIRONMENT, FOR WORKERS AT CONSTRUCTION SITES AND FOR PROVIDING SAFE
MACHINARY/ EQUIPMENT, TRG AND ADEQUATE WELFARE FACILITIES TO WORKERS.
For the purpose of this convention following terms be defined and understood which are related
with construction:-
 Terms "construction" covers building including excavation and CONTRSUCTION , structural
alternation, renovation, repair, maintenance ( include cleaning and painting), demolition of all types
building & structures etc. (All kinds of civil engg jobs) at various work –sites like buildings, airports,
docks, harbors inland water ways, dams, rivers/sea, defense works, roads highways railways,
bridges, tunnels, viaducts, works related to the provisions of services such as communications
(towers/underground/under ocean), drainage, sewage, water and energy supplies (electricity, steam,
water, air etc), erection & dismantling of prefabricated building and structures as well as
manufacturing of pre-fabricate elements on construction sites.
 "Construction site" means any site at which above or any of above process /operation is carried out.
 "Workplace” means all place where workers need to be or to go by reason of their work & which
are under the control of employer.
 "Worker" means any person engaged in construction.
 "Employer" means any physical or legal person who employs one or more workers on construction
site and as the contract requires can be principal contractor / contractor/sub-contractor
 "Competent person" means a person possessing adequate qualifications, sufficient knowledge and
experience and skill for safe performance for specific work.
 The term "scaffold" means any temporary structure, fixed suspended or mobile and its supporting
components which is used for supporting workers and materials or to gain access to any structure.
 "Lifting appliances" means any stationary or mobile appliance used for raising or lowering persons
or loads
 "Lifting gears" means any gear/tackle by means of which a load can be attached to lifting appliance.
General provisions:
 Where to or more contractors carrying work at construction site, "principal contractor" shall be
responsible for co-coordinating the prescribed safety & health measures.
 Designers & planners of construction project shall take into account safety & health of construction
workers in accordance with national laws, regulations & practice.
 Workers shall have the duty to co-operate the employer in application of prescribed safety & health
measures, take reasonable care of safety & health of self and others, not misuse anything provided
for their safety & protection, report to their supervisors about any risks existing.
Preventive & protective measures:-
 Safety at workplaces: -Taking precautions to ensure that all workplace are safe & without risk of
injury to safety & health of workers, provide safe access to & egress from all workplaces, appropriate
precautions shall be taken to protect persons present at or in the vicinity of construction site from all
risks which may arise.
 Scaffolds & ladders: - Where work can't be done from ground, safe & suitable scaffold shall be
provided and maintained in the absence of alternative safe means of access to elevated working
places, scaffolds & ladders shall be constructed, maintained, inspected and used in accordance with
national laws & regulation.
 Lifting Appliances & gear:- Every such mechanism with all attachments, supports shall be of good
design, sound material, adequate strength, properly installed & used, be maintained in good working
order, examined and tested by competent person and recorded at intervals as provided under law &
regulations, operated by well-trained person, and need be used only for loads & not for persons.
 Transport, earth moving & materials handling equipment:- shall be of good design, construction and
embedded with ergonomic principles, maintained in good working order, properly used by
&operated by properly trained workers in accordance with national laws & regulations, all
construction sites shall have safe & suitable access ways and provision for well-organized traffic
with all control measures to secure their safe operation.
 Machinery equipment, hand tools & plant: - shall be of good design, construction with consideration
given to all ergonomic principles, maintained & tested regularly by competent person, operated by
well-trained person. Pressure plant & equipment shall be carefully & regularly examined & tested
by competent person.
 Work at heights including roof work: - All preventive measures need be taken to protect workers
who are required to work of heights, slopes, on or near roofs covered with fragile materials.
 Excavations, shafts, earthworks, U/G works & Tunnels: - Adequate precautions shall be taken in
such jobs from or against fall of worker, fall of/ dislodgment of earth/rock/material, inrush of water
into excavation, secure ventilation at every workplace, limit (dust, fumes, gases, vapors and other
impurities), enable workers to reach safely in the event of fire or inrush of water, avoid risk of
possible underground dangers presence of pocket of gas/ fluid etc.
 Take all precautions & safety measures as prescribed in law & regulations as regards to copper-
dams, work in compressed air, use of structural frames and formwork, safeguarding of workers
adequately while working in close proximity to water (falling in to water, danger of drowning, safe
transport etc.), take care of workers & public around when demolition of any building or structure
is to be carried ant (only under the supervision of competent person), providing adequate & suitable
lighting and guarding against dangers of electricity, explosives, fire and health hazards. Provide
P.P.E.s & protective clothing, First-Aid. Provide welfare facilities at work- site adequate to the
number of workers (Supply of drinking water, sanitary & separate for men & woman washing
facilities, facilities for changing, storage & drying clothing, accommodation for taking meals,
shelter, information about potential hazards to workers' safety and health & train them for protection
against hazards.
 This convention shall be binding upon members who will ratify the convention & convey the same
to D.G. OF I.L.O for registration.
R 175 Safety & Health in construction Recommendation, 1988
 52 parts
 Recommendations given in R175 use all civil engineering constructions, prefabricated structures,
fabrication & erections of oil rigs and offshore installations while under construction on shore.
 All terms mentioned in conventions C-167 are mentioned here too same way.
 Responsibilities of contractors/employers, workers, competent persons, authorities, designs and the
manufacturers/suppliers of construction machineries and equipment's/tools, PPEs, safety
committees are mentioned same way as convention draft.
Preventive & protective measures suggested
1. Prevent risks liable to arise at workplace.
2. Avoid strenuous work positions & movements.
3. Take care of S.H.E. of workers by organizing work, use of materials & products & safe work
methods.
4. Organized and implement house-keeping programmers on construction sites providing proper
storage and handling materials & equipment's, removal at proper intervals the waste & debris,
protections from fall from heights, erect adequate safety nets/ safety sheets, use adequate safety
harnesses.
5. For safety of construction machinery & equipment competent person should examine, test & certify
the same at regular intervals as per law/ regulation
6. Proper design, erection maintenance of and use of scaffold under the supervision of the competent
person. No overloading the scaffold
 Use of Lifting appliances/lifting gears by the trained person under the supervision of competent
person, testing & maintenance record to be maintained & made available to the authorities, drivers
and operators of such lifting appliances should be properly trained and of prescribed minimum age
as prescribed in national law & regulations.
 Transport, Earthmoving machinery and material handling equipment:- operators/ drivers must to
trained & tested as required under the law, provide adequate signaling & other control devices to
protect operators as well as vehicles, take preventive measures for fall of vehicle in to
excavations/into water when maneuvering backwards.
 Excavation, shafts, earthworks, U/G works and Tunnels: shoring, supporting, erection, alteration or
dismantling of any of these works must be done under the supervision of competent person, the
persons employed also must be inspected before the commencement of work by competent person
and results recorded as prescribed by law/regulations.
 Work in compressed air: provisions regulating the medical supervision & control of workers and
duration of work in compressed air must be regulated by competent person as per law. (Inspection
of work & worker must be carried out at intervals).
 Pile driving work: equipment must of good design, properly maintained, taking care of proper
ergonomic principles and work must be carried out only under the supervision of competent person.
 Work over water: Provisions regarding work over water as prescribed in convention must be
arranged such as : suitable & adequate fencing, safety nets, safety harnesses, life vests, life
preservers, manned boats, life buoys, protection against hazards such as reptiles and other animals,
take care of health hazards, competent person should decide which hazardous substances should be
prohibited and keep records of monitoring of working environment and assessment of workers health
for the period as prescribed in law,
Miscellaneous aspects:-
 Take care of health hazards in manual lifting of excessive weights encourage/ provide use of
mechanical devices or other means.
 Train people /workers in the action to be taken in the event of fire including use of means of escape,
take care of radiation hazards, suitable signs should be provided to indicate clearly directions of
escape in case of fire, provision for first –Aid, stringent safety regulations must be drawn up and
enforced by the competent authority with respect to construction workers engaged in maintenance,
renovation, demolition and dismantling of any building in which there is a risk of ionizing radiations
(as in nuclear power Industry).
Welfare:-
 Provide food, water (drinking) near construction site. Accommodation for the workers remote from
their homes, sanitation separately for men & woman together with washing & sleeping facility is
must.
 The trained/ expert proficient person must be present and available at works which involves
drowning, electric shock and asphyxiation. The person should know all lifesaving techniques & risk
procedures.
C 170 Chemical convention, 1990 (25/6/1990)
AIM OF THIS CONVENTION IS MAKING SAFETY PROVISIONS FOR THE PROTECTION OF
WORKERS FROM THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS, ENHANCING PROTECTION OF
GENERAL PUBLIC & THE ENVIRONMENT & NOTIFYING THAT WORKERS HAVE A NEED
FOR & RIGHT TO THE INFORMATION ABOUT THE CHEMICAL (&THEIR HAZARDS TO
HEALTH) THEY USE AT WORK AND ASSIGNING RESPONSIBILITIES ON
EMPLOYERS,WORKER AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVE AUTHORITIES, TRANSPORTERS&
PUBLIC.
 Considering that it is essential to prevent or reduce the incidence of chemically induced illness &
injuries at work by –ensuring that all chemicals are evaluated to determine their hazards- providing
employers with a mechanism to obtain from suppliers information about the chemical used at work
so that they can implement effective programmes to protect workers from chemical hazards,-
providing workers with such information of chemicals at workplace and about appropriate
preventive measures - establishing principles for such programmes to ensure that chemical are used
safely.
 The term “chemical” means chemical elements & compounds and mixtures there of whether natural
or synthetic.
 The term “hazardous chemicals” includes any chemical classified as hazardous with article 6, for
which relevant information exits to indicate that the chemical is hazardous.
 “Use of chemical at work “ means any work activity which may expose a worker to chemical which
includes production/ handling /storage/ transport of chemical, and disposal & treatment of waste
chemicals, release of chemicals, maintenance, repair, cleaning of equipment / containers of
chemicals.
 “The branches of economic activity” means all branches in which workers are employed including
public service
 “Article” means an object formed to a specific shape or design during its manufacture.
 “Workers representatives” means persons who are recognized as such by national law/ practice.
 “Competent authority” means the person who shall have power if justified on safety & health
grounds to prohibit or restrict the use of certain hazardous chemical
Classification & Hazards related measures:
 Classification of chemicals will be done as based on national& international standards with respects
to their intrinsic health & physical hazards, mode of handling /storing transport of dangerous goods.
 Labeling & marking : chemicals will be labelled to indicate their identity in a way easily
understandable to the workers, to provide essential information regarding their classification
/hazard/ safety precaution to be observed, competent authority/approved body shall establish in
accordance with national / international standards the system/ criteria of marking and labelling on
containers & on transport vehicles.
 Chemical safety data sheets; Criteria for preparation of chemical safety data sheets shall be
established by the competent authority- Chemical safety data sheet containing details such as :
identity , classification, hazards, safety precautions, emergency procedures, suppliers details be
provided to employers- common name used to identity chemical on data sheet shall be same as used
on label .
 Responsibilities of suppliers. (Manufacturers, importers distributors) chemical be classified on the
basic of their properties /hazards, be marked to indicate their identity, be labelled accordingly and
prepare safety data sheets of such hazardous chemicals in accordance with national law & practice
which is to be provided to the employers.
 Responsibilities of employers: Ensure that chemical used at work are labelled/ marked, chemical
data sheets have been provided and made available to workers & their representatives shall not use
chemicals until such information is obtained from suppliers if they were given the same –maintain
the records of hazardous chemicals used at workplace which should be made accessible to workers
concerned/ their representative
 Procedure of transfer of chemicals into other container be made known to the worker with hazards
– ensure that workers are not exposed to chemicals to the extent which exceeds exposure limits and
control working environment as established by competent authority- assess exposure of workers to
hazardous chemicals, monitor & record the exposure and safeguard the safety & health of workers .
 Make records available to workers, their representatives & competent authorities –make
arrangements to deal with emergencies, provide first aid, limit the exposure of workers to hazardous
chemicals, Train & inform the workers of the hazards due to exposure to chemicals used at the
workplace on continuing basic, inform workers how to obtain & used the information provided on
labels & chemical safety data sheets, shall make assessment of risks arising from use of hazardous
chemicals at work & protect workers against such risks by appropriate means such as Choice of
chemicals with minimum risks choice of safe technology, use of adequate engineering control
measures, adoption of safe working systems & adequate hygiene measures, provision/ maintaining
/training of P.P.E.s & clothing’s & supervise use of them, Disposal of balance hazardous chemical,
their containers which may contain residual chemicals, work etc. in a manner which minimizes the
risk to the safety, health& environment in accordance with national law & practice.
Responsibilities /duties/ rights of workers:
 Co-operation between employers, workers and their representatives is a must with respect to SHE
in use of chemicals at work –get full training & information for safe use & control of hazardous
chemicals, take all reasonable steps to eliminate or minimize risk to themselves & to other from use
of chemicals.
 Workers & their representatives shall have right to remove themselves from danger resulting from
the use of chemicals if have reasonable justification to believe that there is serious risk to health
/safety at workplace.
 Shall have right to get protected against under consequences for removing themselves from
workplace with risk, right to get information on identity of chemicals /their hazardous
properties/precautionary measures/education & training, right to know & understand the information
contained in labels & markings and chemical safety data sheets, protect the identity & information
for the secrecy of business from the competitors as approved by the competent authority.
 #The formal ratification of this convention shall be communicated to D.G. of I.L.O for registration
by the member countries
R 177: Chemicals Recommendations, 1990
General procedures:
 Most representative organization of employees & workers concerned should be consulted on
measures to be taken to give effect to provisions of R – 177.
 These recommendations should also apply to such self-employed persons as may be specified by
laws/regulations.
 Competent authorities should specify categories of workers who for reasons of safety and health are
not allowed to use specified chemicals or are allowed to use them only under conditions prescribed
by law/regulations.
 Competent authorities need to protect confidential information by limiting disclosure of confidential

information to those who have need related to workers safety & health, ensure that those who obtain
information agree to use it only for safety & health needs, otherwise protect confidentiality, and
provide information immediately in an emergency.
Classification & related measures classification
 Classification of chemicals criteria is established based on characteristics of chemicals:
1. Toxic product producing acute & chronic health effects in all parts of body
2. Chemical/physical properties including flammable, explosive, oxidizing and dangerously
reactive properties.
3. Corrosive & irritant properties
4. Allergenic and sensitizing properties
5. Carcinogenic effects
6. Teratogenic & mutagenic effects
7. Effects on reproductive systems
 Competent authority should compile & periodically update list of chemical elements/compounds
used at work with relevant hazard information
Labelling & marking:
 Labelling & marking of chemicals should be such as to enable persons handling or using chemicals
to recognize & distinguish between them both when receiving and when using them safely. Labelling
requirements for hazardous chemicals should be in conformity with existing national & international
systems should cover into on table.
1. Trade name
2. Identity of chemical
3. Name, address & Tel. No. of supplier
4. Hazard symbols
5. Nature of specific risks with the use of chemical
6. Safety precautions
7. Identification of batch
8. Statement that chemical safety data sheet is made available to employer
9. Classification as established by competent authority
10. Label need be of prescribed size, legible & durable, maintaining uniformity & colors
11. Should be easily understandable by workers
12. Where impracticable to table or mark in view of size of container other effective means of
recognitions such as tagging, accompanying documents indicating all above information of
hazardous chemicals be given in proper wording & symbols.
Chemical safety data sheets:
 The criteria for preparation of chemical safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals should ensure to
contain essential information as under:
1. Identification of chemical product and manufacturing company
2. Hazard identification
3. First-aid measures
4. Firefighting measures
5. Accident release methods
6. Handling & storage procedure & care
7. Personal protection & control for exposures
8. Physical & chemical properties
9. Stability & reactivity
10. Toxicological information

11. Ecological information
12. Disposal consideration
13. Transport information
14. Regular information
15. Date of preparation etc.
Responsibilities of Employers:
 Should limit the exposure to hazardous chemicals so as to protect health of workers.
 Assess, Monitor& record the concentration of airborne chemicals at workplace, to which
workers/representatives /competent authorities should have access.
 Take measures to protect workers from hazards arising from the use of chemicals at work.
 Provision of first-aid.
 Arrangement to deal with emergency.
Operational surety & control through competent authority:
The competent authority should ensure that criteria are established for safety in the use of hazardous
chemicals, storage of hazardous chemicals, their transport, disposal of hazardous waste as applicable:-
 Use
A. Risk of acute or chronic diseases due to entry into body by inhalation, skin absorption or
ingestion.
B. Risk of injury of diseases from skin or eye contact.
C. Risk of injury from fire, explosion resulting from physical property or chemical reactivity of
hazardous chemical.
D. Precautionary measures to be taken through: -
 Choice of chemical to eliminate such risks.
 Choice of process.
 Use of proper maintenance
 Adoption of safe work- system
 Adoption of adequate personal hygiene measures
 Adequate sanitary facilities proper use of PPEs & clothing at no cost to workers
 Use of signs & notices
 Adequate preparations for emergencies
 Storage
 Compatibility & segregation of stored chemical,
 Properties and quantity of chemicals to be stored
 Security, siting & access to stores
 Construction, nature & integrity of storage containers
 Loading & unloading /labelling and relabeling of containers
 Precautions against accidental release, fire, explosion & chemical reactivity
 Taking care of temperature, humidity & ventilation, emergency procedures at storage place
 Precautions & procedures in case of spillage
 Take care of expiry dates or storage periods to control possible physical/chemical changes in
properties of stored chemicals.
 Transport
 Train & take care of safety measures of workers involved in transport
 Let those involved know properties and quantity of chemical to be transported
 Nature, integrity & protection of packaging / containers/pipelines
 Specification of vehicle used in transport
 Rout to be taken
 Training & qualification of transport workers such as driver, cleaners, loading /unloading people,
Supervisors etc.
 Labelling requirement
 Procedure in case of pillage or accidents at workplace or on road in transit.
 Disposal
 With respect to disposal of hazardous waste & treatment of hazardous chemicals competent
authority should ensure following criteria/ provisions for safety of workers.
 Method of identifications of waste products- Landing of contaminated containers –
identification/construction/nature/integrity/ protection of waste containers –effects on working
environment –demarcation of disposal areas
 Provision/maintenance /training of use of PPEs & clothing safe & scientific method of disposal
or treatment.
Medical surveillance:
 Employer or competent Institution under law & practice should arrange medical surveillance of
workers –for assessment of health of workers in relation to hazards caused by exposure to chemicals
and for diagnosis of work related diseases/ injuries caused by exposure of chemicals
 If medical investigation reveals chemical effects, measure should be taken to prevent/reduce
exposure of workers concerned to prevent further deterioration of their health.
 Results of medical examination should not be used to discriminate against worker but need be used
to determine health status. Records of medical surveillance should be kept for a period of time by
persons prescribed by competent authority and workers or their physician should have access to such
reports the same should be explained to workers/representatives.
 Confidentiality of individual medical record should be respected.
Workers:
 Should take care of their own safety; use properly PPES, report supervisor situation believed to carry
risk or danger.
Rights of workers (& also representatives)
 Obtain chemical datasheets to enable them to take adequate precaution against the use of hazardous
chemicals
 Request & participate in an investigation by the employee or competent authorities of possible risks
resulting from use of chemical at work.
 To bring to the attention of their representatives, employer or competent authority the potential
hazards arising from the use of chemicals at work.
 Remove themselves from danger resulting from the use of chemicals on justifiable grounds to
believe that there is an imminent and serious risk to their safety / health and should inform their
supervisor immediately.
 In case of health condition such as chemical securitization, placing them at increased risk of harm
from hazardous chemical to alternative work not involving that chemical, if such work is available,
if workers have qualification and can reasonably be trained for such job.
 Compensation if situation results in loss of job.
 Adequate medical treatment & compensation for injuries and diseases resulting from chemicals used
at work.
 Workers should be protected against undue consequences who remove themselves from danger in
accordance with the provisions of law of nation. The representatives immediately investigate the
risk and take corrective steps necessary (When worker removes himself from danger).
 Should be supplied instruction – written /oral regarding classification, labelling , safety data sheets,
risks involved about the hazardous chemicals to be handled and also set training /retraining for
prevention & control/protection from such risks in handing, storage, transport waste disposal, First
aid measures & procedures during emergency
 Women workers should have right to alternative work during pregnancy or lactation to safeguard
the health of unborn or nursing child & return previous job at appropriate time.
C 174: Prevention of major Industrial Accidents convention, 1993
THE MAIN AIM OF THIS CONVENTION IS TO ENSURE TO TAKE APPROPROATE
MEASURES FOR THE PREVENTION OF MAJOR ACCIDENTS, MINIMISE RISKS OF MAJOR
ACCIDENTS AND MINIMISE THE EFFECTS OF MAJOR ACCIDENTS OCCURING AT OR DUE
TO MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATIONS (CAUSES OF SUCH ACCIDENTS MAY INCLLIDE :
Organizational errors human factor, component failure, deviation from normal operational conditions
outside interference & natural forces
SCOPE & DEFINITIONS:-
 The convention applies to major hazard installations.
 The purpose of convention is the prevention of major accidents involving hazardous substances and
limitation of the consequences of such accidents
 Convention doesn't apply to nuclear installations and plants operating radioactive substances,
military other than by pipeline
 Members ratifying this convention shall consult the representative organizations of employers,
workers and other interested parties who may be affected should draw plans and implement all
preventive and protective measure provided for in this convention.
 The term "hazardous substance" means a substance or mixture of substance which by virtue of
chemical physical or topological properties constitutes hazard.
 The term "threshold quantity" means the quantity of hazardous substance when exceeds the
prescribed value in national laws/regulations, identifies a major hazard installation.
 "Major hazard installation "means one which produces processes, handles, uses, disposes of or stress
either permanently or temporarily one or more hazardous substances in quantities which exceed the
threshold quantity.
 “Major Accident" means, sudden occurrence such as major emission fire or explosion in souse of an
activity within a major hazard installation, involving one or more hazardous substances leading to a
serious danger to workers, the public or the involvement whether immediate or delayed.
 The term "near miss" means any sudden event involving one or more hazardous substances could
have caused major accident (had potential for it )
 The term "safety report" means written presentation of the technical /mgmt./operational information
covering the hazards/ risks and measure taken for safety of hazard installation.
Responsibilities of Employers:
 Identify any major installation within their control on the basis if system formed/reviewed/updated
by the competent authorities under the national law's & regulation.
 Notify major hazard installation to competent authority within fixed time frame/before it's put into
operation & also notify to competent authority before any permanent closure of hazard installation.
 Shall prepaid /review/update / the safety report of hazard installation.
 At the level of hazard installation employers shall establish and maintain a documented system of
major hazard control which should include provision for:
i. Identification and analysis of hazard/risks,
ii. Technical measures and systematic inspection of the installation (design, safety system,
construction, choice of chemicals, operation, maintenance etc.).
iii. Organizational measures: - training, instruction, providing equipments to ensure safety, staffing
level, hours of work, definition of responsibilities and control on outside contractor, temporary
worker on the site of installation.
iv. Preparation of effective site emergency places & procedures/medical procedures to be applied
in case of major accidents.
v. Provision of information on potential accidents & site emergency plains to authorities,
responsible bodies, workers and public & environment outside the site of installation.
vi. Take measure to limit the consequences of major accidents.
vii. Transmit and make available safety reports and emergency plans to competent authorities.
Responsibilities of competent authorities: (Off-site –E.P)
Taking into account the information provided by employer the competent authority shall ensure that:-
 Emergency plans 7 procedures containing provisions for protection of public & environment outside
the site of each hazard installation are established / updated at intervals.
 Information on safety measures & correct behavior to adopt in case of major accident is disseminated
to the members of the public liable to be affected by a major accident
 Warning is given as soon as possible in case of major accident
 That the comprehensive siting policy be established arranging for the appropriate separation of
proposed major hazard installation from working & residential areas and public facilities.
 Shall have properly qualified & trained staff with the appropriate skills/sufficient technical &
professional support to inspect invention, assess & advise on the matters dealt with in this
convention and to ensure compliance.
 If competent authorities allow, representatives of employers & workers shall have opportunity to
accompany inspectors supervising the implementation of safety measures.
 C.A. shall have authority to suspend any operation which poses an immediate/ imminent threat of
major accident.
Right & Duties of workers & their representatives:
 Workers & their representatives at major hazard installation shall be consulted through appropriate
co-operative mechanisms to ensure safe system of work. The workers & their representatives shall
be: -
1. Adequately & suitably informed of the hazards associated with the major hazard installation &
their likely consequences.
2. Informed any orders/ instructions or recommendation made by competent authorities.
3. Consulted in preparation of and have access to safety report, emergency plan and procedures,
accident reports.
4. Regularly instructed & trained in the practice & procedures for the prevention of major accident
and control of developments likely to lead to a major accident and in emergency procedure to be
followed in the event of major accident.
5. Can interrupt the activity on the basic of their training & experience if they have reasonable
justification to believe that there is imminent danger of major accident and notify their supervisor
or raise alarm (without being placed at any disadvantage.).
6. Comply with all practices & procedures relating to the prevention of major accidents at major
hazard installation.
 Employers will inform competent authority & other bodies as soon as a major accident occurs and
within a time frame after a major accident, present a detailed report to the competent authority
containing analysis of causes of accident and describing its immediate effects on-site environment
& public & action taken to mitigate the same.
 The formal ratification of this convention by members shall be communicated to D.G. of I.L.O. for
registration. & shall come in force 12 months after the date of ratification & registration with D.G.
of two members.
R 181 Major Industrial Accidents, 1993
 The only one important provision mentioned is: recognizing that the consequences of major
accidents being serials, establishments should be encouraged to compensate the workers and those
who have been affected as quickly as possible after the event.

HSE Legislation 23114

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

HSE Legislation 23114

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HSE Legislation 23114

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

V.P.M.

’s Polytechnic, Information Technology Centre, Thane

CHAPTER 1 THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948 (AMENDED IN 1976 &1987) AND

 Printing, book binding…

Deputy Chief Inspector (DY.DISH)

The lap forming rollers shall be fitted with a guard.

Leather, Plastic and Rubber Stripper Machines –

EMPLOYEE CONTROLLING MACHINE CONTROLLING EMPLOYEE CONTROLLING

PULL BACK OR PRESENCE SENSING TWO HAND CONTROL

Section 28 (Rule 62/63) Hoist and Lifts

x. Doors in horizontal exits shall be opened at all times.

73-A, Safety of water-sealed gas-holder:-

73-L, Health and safety policy –

A register in F- 30 format is to be maintained to record the reportable accidents.

CHAPTER 2 WORKMEN'S COMPEMSATION ACT, 1923

7 Loss of four fingers of any hand 50

Sr. No. Description of Injury % of loss of

41 Through metatarso-phalangeal joint 3

46 Part, with some loss of bone 3

15 Poisoning by dinitrophenol or a homologue or by

CHAPTER 3 THE EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE ACT (ESI), 1948

d) Shop employing 20 or more persons.

attains the age of widows. 2/5 of

9) Medical 1) InsurableTill the time ----- Insured person

CHAPTER 4 THE CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION & ABOLITION)

V Rule 21(2) Certificate to be issued by the principal employer to the

CHAPTER 5 THE PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE ACT, 1991

CHAPTER 6 BOILER MOUNTINGS AND SCCESSORIES

Boilers may be further classified according;

Problem or cause Cure

CHAPTER 7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

3. Neutral wire where protective multiple earthing is allowed and adopted

CHAPTER 8 EXPLOSIVE RULES, 1983

CHAPTER 9 THE PETROLEUM ACT – 1934

Stora 0.5D 0.5D 6m 15m 15m 8m 15m 15m 20m

CHAPTER 10 GAS CYLINDER RULES, 1981

CHAPTER 11 STATIC AND MOBILE PRESSURE VESSELS (UNFIRED)

e. Date of initial hydrostatic test and the subsequent test

Minimum safety distance for flammable, corrosive and toxic gases

CHAPTER 12 DOCK WORKERS (SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE)

Item Co-efficient of utilization

SWL above 160 3

SWL above 160 tonnes………………….. 3

Over 50 tonnes 10 per cent in excess of SWL

Up to 20 tonnes 25% in excess of SWL

CHAPTER 13 THE BUILDING & OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORKERS

1. Immediate assistant to beneficiary in case of accident

CHAPTER 14 THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ACT, 1986.

Prevention control and abatement of environmental pollutant in execs of standards.

Part C - Pollution discharged to environment/unit of output (parameters as specified in consent)

2. Night time is reckoned in between 9 pm to 6 am

CHAPTER 15 AIR (PREVENTION & CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT, 1981

(near gate/near ETP/near fire pump station)

CHAPTER 17 THE HAZARDOUS WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND

9. Records and returns

C 20000 Ammonia, phosperous compounds

CHAPTER 18 THE BIO-MEDICAL WASTE (MANAGEMENT AND

Waste name address Receiver Name

CHAPTER 19 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES, 1989